Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference, 12.2(46)SE

2]

rmon collection stats

Use the rmon collection stats interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to collect Ethernet group statistics, which include usage statistics about broadcast and multicast packets, and error statistics about cyclic redundancy check (CRC) alignment errors and collisions. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.

rmon collection stats index [owner name]

no rmon collection stats index [owner name]

Syntax Description

index	Remote Network Monitoring (RMON) collection control index. The range is 1 to 65535.
owner name	(Optional) Owner of the RMON collection.

Defaults

The RMON statistics collection is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The RMON statistics collection command is based on hardware counters.

Examples

This example shows how to collect RMON statistics for the owner root:

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1

Switch(config-if)# rmon collection stats 2 owner root

You can verify your setting by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command	Description
show rmon statistics	Displays RMON statistics. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > System Management Commands > RMON Commands.

sdm prefer

Use the sdm prefer global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to configure the template used in Switch Database Management (SDM) resource allocation. You can use a template to allocate system resources to best support the features being used in your application. Use a template to provide maximum system usage for unicast routing or for VLAN configuration, to change an aggregator template (Catalyst 3750-12S only) to a desktop template, or to select the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template to support IPv6 forwarding (supported only when the switch stack is running the advanced IP services image). Use the no form of this command to return to the default template.

sdm prefer {access | default | dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | routing | vlan} | routing | vlan} [desktop]

no sdm prefer

Syntax Description

access	Provide maximum system usage for access control lists (ACLs). Use this template if you have a large number of ACLs.
default	Sets the switch to use the default template. On Catalyst 3750-12S switches, use with the desktop keyword to set the switch to the default desktop template. (Use the no sdm prefer command to set a desktop switch to the default desktop template or to set an aggregator switch to the default aggregator template.)
dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | routing | vlan}	Select a template that supports both IPv4 and IPv6 routing. •default—Provide balance to IPv4 and IPv6 Layer 2 and Layer 3 functionality. •routing—Provide maximum system usage for IPv4 and IPv6 routing, including IPv4 policy-based routing. •vlan—Provide maximum system usage for IPv4 and IPv6 VLANs.
routing	Provide maximum system usage for unicast routing. You would typically use this template for a router or aggregator in the middle of a network.
vlan	Provide maximum system usage for VLANs. This template maximizes system resources for use as a Layer 2 switch with no routing.
desktop	Use only on a Catalyst 3750-12S switch (where aggregator templates are the default) to select the desktop default, routing, or vlan template.

Defaults

The default template provides a balance to all features.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The aggregator templates were added.
12.2(25)SEA	The dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 templates were added.
12.2(25)SED	The access templates were added.
12.2(25)SEE	The dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 routing template was added.

Usage Guidelines

You must reload the switch for the configuration to take effect. If you enter the show sdm prefer command before you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows the template currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload.

Desktop switches support only desktop templates; an aggregator switch (Catalyst 3750-12S) supports both desktop and aggregator templates. On an aggregator switch, if you do not enter the desktop keyword, the aggregator templates are selected.

All stack members use the same SDM desktop or aggregator template, stored on the stack master. When a new switch member is added to a stack, as with the switch configuration file and VLAN database file, the SDM configuration that is stored on the stack master overrides the template configured on an individual switch.

To route IPv6 packets in a stack of switches, all switches in the stack should be running the advanced IP services image. The IPv6 packets are routed in hardware across the stack, as long as the packet does not have exceptions (IPv6Options) and the switches have not run out of hardware resources.

If a stack member cannot support the template that is running on the master switch, the switch goes into SDM mismatch mode, the master switch does not attempt to change the SDM template, and the switch cannot be a functioning member of the stack.

•If the master switch is a Catalyst 3750-12S, and you change the template from an aggregator template to a desktop template and reload the switch, the entire stack operates with the selected desktop template. This could cause configuration losses if the number of ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) entries exceeds the desktop template sizes.

•If you change the template on a Catalyst 3750-12S master from a desktop template to an aggregator template and reload the switch, any desktop switches that were part of the stack go into SDM mismatch mode.

•If you add a Catalyst 3750-12S switch that is running the aggregator template to a stack that has a desktop switch as the stack master, the stack operates with the desktop template selected on the stack master. This could cause configuration losses on the Catalyst 3750-12S stack member if the number of TCAM entries on it exceeds desktop template sizes.

For more information about stacking, see the "Managing Switch Stacks" chapter in the software configuration guide.

The access template maximizes system resources for access control lists (ACLs) as required to accommodate a large number of ACLs.

The default templates balance the use of system resources.

Use the sdm prefer vlan [desktop] global configuration command only on switches intended for Layer 2 switching with no routing. When you use the VLAN template, no system resources are reserved for routing entries, and any routing is done through software. This overloads the CPU and severely degrades routing performance.

Do not use the routing template if you do not have routing enabled on your switch. Entering the sdm prefer routing [desktop] global configuration command prevents other features from using the memory allocated to unicast routing in the routing template.

Do not use the ipv4-and-ipv6 templates if you do not plan to enable IPv6 routing on the switch. Entering the sdm prefer ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | routing | vlan} [desktop] global configuration command divides resources between IPv4 and IPv6, limiting those allocated to IPv4 forwarding.

Table 2-15 lists the approximate number of each resource supported in each of the IPv4-only templates for a desktop or aggregator switch. The values in the template are based on eight routed interfaces and approximately one thousand VLANs and represent the approximate hardware boundaries set when a template is selected. If a section of a hardware resource is full, all processing overflow is sent to the CPU, seriously impacting switch performance.

Table 2-15 Approximate Number of Feature Resources Allowed by IPv4Templates 

Resource	Desktop Templates				Aggregator Templates
	Access	Default	Routing	VLAN	Access	Default	Routing	VLAN
Unicast MAC addresses	4 K	6 K	3 K	12 K	6 K	6 K	6 K	12 K
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) groups and multicast routes	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K
Unicast routes	6 K	8 K	11 K	0	12 K	12 K	20 K	0
•Directly connected hosts	4 K	6 K	3 K	0	6 K	6 K	6 K	0
•Indirect routes	2 K	2 K	8 K	0	6 K	6 K	14 K	0
Policy-based routing access control entries (ACEs)	512	0	512	0	512	0	512	0
Quality of service (QoS) classification ACEs	512	512	512	512	896	896	512	896
Security ACEs	2 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	4 K	1 K	1 K	1 K
Layer 2 VLANs	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K	1 K

Table 2-16 lists the approximate number of each resource supported in each of the dual IPv4-and IPv6 templates for a desktop or aggregator switch.

Table 2-16 Approximate Feature Resources Allowed by Dual IPv4-IPv6 Templates 

Resource	Desktop IPv4-and-IPv6 Templates			Aggregator IPv4-and-IPv6 Templates
	Default	Routing	VLAN	Default	Routing	VLAN
Unicast MAC addresses	2 K	1536	8 K	2 K	2K	8 K
IPv4 IGMP groups and multicast routes	1 K	1K	1 K	1 K	1 K	0
Total IPv4 unicast routes:	3 K	2816	0	3 K	8K	0
•Directly connected IPv4 hosts	2 K	1536	0	2 K	2K	0
•Indirect IPv4 routes	1 K	1280	0	1 K	6K	1 K
IPv6 multicast groups	1 K	1152	1 K	1 K	2176	1 K
Total IPv6 unicast routes:	3 K	2816	0	3 K	8K	0
•Directly connected IPv6 addresses	2 K	1536	0	2 K	2K	0
•Indirect IPv6 unicast routes	1 K	1280	0	1 K	6K	0
IPv4 policy-based routing ACEs	0	256	0	0	512	0
IPv4 or MAC QoS ACEs (total)	512	512	512	876	896	876
IPv4 or MAC security ACEs (total)	1 K	512	1 K	512	1K	1 K
IPv6 policy-based routing ACEs1	0	255	0	0	510	0
IPv6 QoS ACEs	510	510	510	876	510	876
IPv6 security ACEs	510	510	510	876	510	876

1 IPv6 policy-based routing is not supported in this release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the access template on a desktop switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer access

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

This example shows how to configure the routing template on a desktop switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer routing

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

This example shows how to configure the desktop routing template on an aggregator switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer routing desktop

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

This example shows how to configure the dual IPv4-and-IPv6 default template on a desktop switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

This example shows how to change a switch template to the default template. On an aggregator switch, this is the default aggregator template; on a desktop switch, this is the default desktop template.

Switch(config)# no sdm prefer

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

This example shows how to configure the desktop default template on an aggregator switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer default desktop

Switch(config)# exit

Switch# reload

You can verify your settings by entering the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command	Description
show sdm prefer	Displays the current SDM template in use or displays the templates that can be used, with approximate resource allocation per feature.

service password-recovery

Use the service password-recovery global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to enable the password-recovery mechanism (the default). This mechanism allows an end user with physical access to the switch to hold down the Mode button and interrupt the bootup process while the switch is powering up and to assign a new password. Use the no form of this command to disable part of the password-recovery functionality. When the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, interrupting the bootup process is allowed only if the user agrees to set the system back to the default configuration.

service password-recovery

no service password-recovery

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

As a system administrator, you can use the no service password-recovery command to disable some of the functionality of the password recovery feature by allowing an end user to reset a password only by agreeing to return to the default configuration.

To use the password-recovery procedure, a user with physical access to the switch holds down the Mode button while the unit powers up and for a second or two after the LED above port 1X turns off. When the button is released, the system continues with initialization.

If the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, this message appears:

The password-recovery mechanism has been triggered, but

is currently disabled.  Access to the boot loader prompt

through the password-recovery mechanism is disallowed at

this point.  However, if you agree to let the system be

reset back to the default system configuration, access

to the boot loader prompt can still be allowed.

Would you like to reset the system back to the default configuration (y/n)?

---

Note If the user chooses not to reset the system to the default configuration, the normal bootup process continues, as if the Mode button had not been pressed. If you choose to reset the system to the default configuration, the configuration file in flash memory is deleted, and the VLAN database file, flash:vlan.dat (if present), is deleted.If you use the no service password-recovery command to control end user access to passwords, we recommend that you save a copy of the config file in a location away from the switch in case the end user uses the password recovery procedure and sets the system back to default values. Do not keep a backup copy of the config file on the switch.

If the switch is operating in VTP transparent mode, we recommend that you also save a copy of the vlan.dat file in a location away from the switch.

---

When you enter the service password-recovery or no service password-recovery command on the stack master, it is propagated throughout the stack and applied to all switches in the stack.

You can verify if password recovery is enabled or disabled by entering the show version privileged EXEC command.

Examples

This example shows how to disable password recovery on a switch or switch stack so that a user can only reset a password by agreeing to return to the default configuration.

Switch(config)# no service-password recovery

Switch(config)# exit

Related Commands

Command	Description
show version	Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.

service-policy

Use the service-policy interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to apply a policy map defined by the policy-map command to the input of a physical port or a switch virtual interface (SVI). Use the no form of this command to remove the policy map and port association.

service-policy input policy-map-name

no service-policy input policy-map-name

Syntax Description

input policy-map-name

Apply the specified policy map to the input of a physical port or an SVI.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the history keyword is not supported, and you should ignore the statistics that it gathers. The output keyword is also not supported.

---

Defaults

No policy maps are attached to the port.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE	A policy map can now be applied to a physical port or an SVI.
12.2(25)SED	Hierarchical policy-maps can now be applied to an SVI.

Usage Guidelines

Only one policy map per ingress port is supported. In software releases earlier than Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SE, policy maps can be configured only on physical ports.

In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SE or later, policy maps can be configured on physical ports or on SVIs. When VLAN-based quality of service (QoS) is disabled by using the no mls qos vlan-based interface configuration command on a physical port, you can configure a port-based policy map on the port. If VLAN-based QoS is enabled by using the mls qos vlan-based interface configuration command on a physical port, the switch removes the previously configured port-based policy map. After a hierarchical policy map is configured and applied on an SVI, the interface-level policy map takes effect on the interface.

In software releases earlier than Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SE, you can apply a policy map only to the incoming traffic on a physical port. In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SE or later, you can apply a policy map to incoming traffic on a physical port or on an SVI. In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SED or later, you can configure different interface-level policy maps for each class defined in the VLAN-level policy map. For more information about hierarchical policy maps, see the "Configuring QoS" chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.

Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence] and a policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one configured overwrites the previous configuration.

Policy maps that use the police aggregate command fail when applied to a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface.

Examples

This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an physical ingress port:

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1

Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1

This example shows how to remove plcmap2 from a physical port:

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/2

Switch(config-if)# no service-policy input plcmap2

This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an ingress SVI when VLAN-based QoS is enabled:

Switch(config)# interface vlan 10

Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1

This example shows how to create a hierarchical policy map and attach it to an SVI:

Switch> enable

Switch# configure terminal

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)# access-list 101 permit ip any any 

Switch(config)# class-map cm-1 

Switch(config-cmap)# match access 101 

Switch(config-cmap)# exit 

Switch(config)# exit 

Switch#

Switch# 

Switch# configure terminal 

Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)# class-map cm-interface-1

Switch(config-cmap)# match input gigabitethernet3/0/1 - gigabitethernet3/0/2 

Switch(config-cmap)# exit

Switch(config)# policy-map port-plcmap 

Switch(config-pmap)# class-map cm-interface-1 

Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 900000 9000 exc policed-dscp-transmit 

Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit 

Switch(config-pmap)#exit

Switch(config)# policy-map vlan-plcmap 

Switch(config-pmap)# class-map cm-1 

Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 7 

Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy port-plcmap-1 

Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit 

Switch(config-pmap)# class-map cm-2

Switch(config-pmap-c)# match ip dscp 2

Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy port-plcmap-1

Switch(config-pmap)# exit

Switch(config-pmap)# class-map cm-3

Switch(config-pmap-c)# match ip dscp 3

Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy port-plcmap-2

Switch(config-pmap)# exit

Switch(config-pmap)# class-map cm-4

Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp 

Switch(config-pmap)# exit

Switch(config)# interface vlan 10

Switch(config-if)# 

Switch(config-if)# ser input vlan-plcmap 

Switch(config-if)# exit 

Switch(config)# exit 

You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command	Description
policy-map	Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map	Displays QoS policy maps.
show running-config	Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.

session

Use the session privileged EXEC command on the stack master to access a specific stack member or to access the controller on a Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch.

session stack-member-number [processor 1]

Syntax Description

stack-member-number	Specify the stack member number. The range is 1 to 9.
processor 1	(Optional) Specify the destination processor for the session, that is, the embedded controller in the Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch. Entering this keyword puts you in the controller CLI. Note This keyword applies only to a wireless LAN controller switch.

Defaults

No default is defined.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)FZ	The processor keyword was added for Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch.

Usage Guidelines

When you access the stack member, its stack member number is appended to the system prompt.

Use the session command from the stack master to access a stack member switch.

Use the session command with processor 1 from the stack master or a standalone switch to access the internal controller. A standalone switch is always stack member 1.

Use the processor 1 keyword to change to the controller command-line interface. See the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide Release 4.0 for controller configuration information.

Examples

This example shows how to access stack member 6:

Switch(config)# session 6

Switch-6#

This example shows how to access the controller on stack member 2, which is a Catalyst 3750G wireless LAN controller switch (standalone or stack master):

Switch# session 2 processor 1

(Cisco Controller)

User:

Related Commands

Command	Description
reload	Reloads the stack member and puts a configuration change into effect.
switch priority	Changes the stack member priority value.
switch renumber	Changes the stack member number.
show switch	Displays information about the switch stack and its stack members.

set

Use the set policy-map class configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to classify IP traffic by setting a Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) or an IP-precedence value in the packet. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic classification.

set {dscp new-dscp | [ip] precedence new-precedence}

no set {dscp new-dscp | [ip] precedence new-precedence}

Syntax Description

dscp new-dscp	New DSCP value assigned to the classified traffic. The range is 0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value.
[ip] precedence new-precedence	New IP-precedence value assigned to the classified traffic. The range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value.

Defaults

No traffic classification is defined.

Command Modes

Policy-map class configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE	The ip dscp new-dscp keyword was changed to dscp new-dscp. The set dscp new-dscp command replaces the set ip dscp new-dscp command.
12.2(25)SEC	The ip keyword is optional.

Usage Guidelines

In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SE or later, if you have used the set ip dscp policy-map class configuration command, the switch changes this command to set dscp in the switch configuration. If you enter the set ip dscp policy-map class configuration command, this setting appears as set dscp in the switch configuration.

In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEC or later, you can use the set ip precedence policy-map class configuration command or the set precedence policy-map class configuration command. This setting appears as set ip precedence in the switch configuration.

The set command is mutually exclusive with the trust policy-map class configuration command within the same policy map.

For the set dscp new-dscp or the set ip precedence new-precedence command, you can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value. For example, you can enter the set dscp af11 command, which is the same as entering the set dscp 10 command. You can enter the set ip precedence critical command, which is the same as entering the set ip precedence 5 command. For a list of supported mnemonics, enter the set dscp ? or the set ip precedence ? command to see the command-line help strings.

To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode, use the end command.

Examples

This example shows how to assign DSCP 10 to all FTP traffic without any policers:

Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp

Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class

Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10

Switch(config-pmap)# exit

You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command	Description
class	Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the specified class-map name.
police	Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map	Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map	Displays QoS policy maps.
trust	Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class policy-map configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.

setup

Use the setup privileged EXEC command to configure the switch with its initial configuration.

setup

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you use the setup command, make sure that you have this information:

•IP address and network mask

•Password strategy for your environment

•Whether the switch will be used as the cluster command switch and the cluster name

When you enter the setup command, an interactive dialog, called the System Configuration Dialog, appears. It guides you through the configuration process and prompts you for information. The values shown in brackets next to each prompt are the default values last set by using either the setup command facility or the configure privileged EXEC command.

Help text is provided for each prompt. To access help text, press the question mark (?) key at a prompt.

To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes and without running through the entire System Configuration Dialog, press Ctrl-C.

When you complete your changes, the setup program shows you the configuration command script that was created during the setup session. You can save the configuration in NVRAM or return to the setup program or the command-line prompt without saving it.

Examples

This is an example of output from the setup command:

Switch# setup

--- System Configuration Dialog ---

Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: yes

At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help.

Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt.

Default settings are in square brackets '[]'.

Basic management setup configures only enough connectivity

for management of the system, extended setup will ask you

to configure each interface on the system.

Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: yes

Configuring global parameters:

Enter host name [Switch]:host-name

  The enable secret is a password used to protect access to

  privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after

  entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration.

  Enter enable secret: enable-secret-password

  The enable password is used when you do not specify an

  enable secret password, with some older software versions, and

  some boot images.

  Enter enable password: enable-password

  The virtual terminal password is used to protect

  access to the router over a network interface.

  Enter virtual terminal password: terminal-password

  Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: yes

  Community string [public]: 

Current interface summary

Any interface listed with OK? value "NO" does not have a valid configuration

Interface                  IP-Address      OK? Method Status                Protocol

Vlan1                      172.20.135.202  YES NVRAM  up                    up

GigabitEthernet6/0/1 unassigned      YES unset  up                    up

GigabitEthernet6/0/2 unassigned      YES unset  up                    down

<output truncated>

Port-channel1              unassigned      YES unset  up                    down

Enter interface name used to connect to the

management network from the above interface summary: vlan1

Configuring interface vlan1:

Configure IP on this interface? [yes]: yes 

IP address for this interface: ip_address

Subnet mask for this interface [255.0.0.0]: subnet_mask

Would you like to enable as a cluster command switch? [yes/no]: yes

Enter cluster name: cluster-name

The following configuration command script was created:

hostname host-name

enable secret 5 $1$LiBw$0Xc1wyT.PXPkuhFwqyhVi0

enable password enable-password

line vty 0 15

password terminal-password

snmp-server community public

!

no ip routing

!

interface GigabitEthernet6/0/1

no ip address

!

interface GigabitEthernet6/0/2

no ip address

! 

cluster enable cluster-name

!

end

Use this configuration? [yes/no]: yes

!

[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.

[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.

[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.

Enter your selection [2]:

Related Commands

Command	Description
show running-config	Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
show version	Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.

setup express

Use the setup express global configuration command to enable Express Setup mode on the switch stack or on a standalone switch. Use the no form of this command to disable Express Setup mode.

setup express

no setup express

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Express Setup is enabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When Express Setup is enabled on a new (unconfigured) switch, pressing the Mode button for 2 seconds activates Express Setup. You can access the switch through an Ethernet port by using the IP address 10.0.0.1 and then can configure the switch with the web-based Express Setup program or the command-line interface (CLI)-based setup program.

When you press the Mode button for 2 seconds on a configured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button start blinking. If you press the Mode button for a total of 10 seconds, the switch configuration is deleted, and the switch reboots. The switch can then be configured like a new switch, either through the web-based Express Setup program or the CLI-based setup program.

---

Note As soon as you make any change to the switch configuration (including entering no at the beginning of the CLI-based setup program), configuration by Express Setup is no longer available. You can only run Express Setup again by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds. This deletes the switch configuration and reboots the switch.

---

If Express Setup is active on the switch, entering the write memory or copy running-configuration startup-configuration privileged EXEC commands deactivates Express Setup. The IP address 10.0.0.1 is no longer valid on the switch, and your connection using this IP address ends.

The primary purpose of the no setup express command is to prevent someone from deleting the switch configuration by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to enable Express Setup mode:

Switch(config)# setup express

You can verify that Express Setup mode is enabled by pressing the Mode button:

•On an unconfigured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button turn solid green after 3 seconds.

•On a configured switch, the mode LEDs begin blinking after 2 seconds and turn solid green after 10 seconds.

---

Caution If you hold the Mode button down for a total of 10 seconds, the configuration is deleted, and the switch reboots.

---

This example shows how to disable Express Setup mode:

Switch(config)# no setup express

You can verify that Express Setup mode is disabled by pressing the Mode button. The mode LEDs do not turn solid green or begin blinking green if Express Setup mode is not enabled on the switch.

Related Commands

Command	Description
show setup express	Displays if Express Setup mode is active.

show access-lists

Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured on the switch.

show access-lists [name | number | hardware counters | ipc] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

name	(Optional) Name of the ACL.
number	(Optional) ACL number. The range is 1 to 2699.
hardware counters	(Optional) Display global hardware ACL statistics for switched and routed packets.
ipc	(Optional) Display Interprocess Communication (IPC) protocol access-list configuration download information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rate-limit keywords are not supported.

---

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The ipc keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

The switch supports only IP standard and extended access lists. Therefore, the allowed numbers are only 1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699.

This command also displays the MAC ACLs that are configured.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show access-lists command:

Switch# show access-lists

Standard IP access list 1

    10 permit 1.1.1.1

    20 permit 2.2.2.2

    30 permit any

    40 permit 0.255.255.255, wildcard bits 12.0.0.0

Standard IP access list videowizard_1-1-1-1

    10 permit 1.1.1.1

Standard IP access list videowizard_10-10-10-10

    10 permit 10.10.10.10

Extended IP access list 121

    10 permit ahp host 10.10.10.10 host 20.20.10.10 precedence routine

Extended IP access list CMP-NAT-ACL

    Dynamic Cluster-HSRP deny   ip any any

    10 deny ip any host 19.19.11.11

    20 deny ip any host 10.11.12.13

    Dynamic Cluster-NAT permit ip any any

    10 permit ip host 10.99.100.128 any

    20 permit ip host 10.46.22.128 any

    30 permit ip host 10.45.101.64 any

    40 permit ip host 10.45.20.64 any

    50 permit ip host 10.213.43.128 any

    60 permit ip host 10.91.28.64 any

    70 permit ip host 10.99.75.128 any

    80 permit ip host 10.38.49.0 any 

This is an example of output from the show access-lists hardware counters command:

Switch# show access-lists hardware counters

L2 ACL INPUT Statistics

     Drop:                All frame count: 855

     Drop:                All bytes count: 94143

     Drop And Log:        All frame count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All bytes count: 0

     Forwarded:           All frame count: 2121

     Forwarded:           All bytes count: 180762

     Forwarded And Log:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarded And Log:   All bytes count: 0

 L3 ACL INPUT Statistics

     Drop:                All frame count: 0

     Drop:                All bytes count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All frame count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All bytes count: 0

     Forwarded:           All frame count: 13586

     Forwarded:           All bytes count: 1236182

     Forwarded And Log:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarded And Log:   All bytes count: 0

 L2 ACL OUTPUT Statistics

     Drop:                All frame count: 0

     Drop:                All bytes count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All frame count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All bytes count: 0

     Forwarded:           All frame count: 232983

     Forwarded:           All bytes count: 16825661

     Forwarded And Log:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarded And Log:   All bytes count: 0

 L3 ACL OUTPUT Statistics

     Drop:                All frame count: 0

     Drop:                All bytes count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All frame count: 0

     Drop And Log:        All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only:         All bytes count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0

     Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarding To CPU:   All bytes count: 0

     Forwarded:           All frame count: 514434

     Forwarded:           All bytes count: 39048748

     Forwarded And Log:   All frame count: 0

     Forwarded And Log:   All bytes count: 0

Related Commands

Command	Description
access-list	Configures a standard or extended numbered access list on the switch. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
ip access list	Configures a named IP access list on the switch. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended	Configures a named or numbered MAC access list on the switch.

show archive status

Use the show archive status privileged EXEC command to display the status of a new image being downloaded to a switch with the HTTP or the TFTP protocol.

show archive status [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download an image to a TFTP server, the output of the archive download-sw command shows the status of the download.

If you do not have a TFTP server, you can use Network Assistant or the embedded device manager to download the image by using HTTP. The show archive status command shows the progress of the download.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

These are examples of output from the show archive status command:

Switch# show archive status

IDLE: No upgrade in progress

Switch# show archive status

LOADING: Upgrade in progress

Switch# show archive status

EXTRACT: Extracting the image

Switch# show archive status

VERIFY: Verifying software

Switch# show archive status

RELOAD: Upgrade completed. Reload pending

Related Commands

Command	Description
archive download-sw	Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.

show arp access-list

Use the show arp access-list user EXEC command to display detailed information about Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) access control (lists).

show arp access-list [acl-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

acl-name	(Optional) Name of the ACL.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show arp access-list command:

Switch> show arp access-list

ARP access list rose

    permit ip 10.101.1.1 0.0.0.255 mac any

    permit ip 20.3.1.0 0.0.0.255 mac any

Related Commands

Command	Description
arp access-list	Defines an ARP ACL.
deny (ARP access-list configuration)	Denies an ARP packet based on matches against the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) bindings.
ip arp inspection filter vlan	Permits ARP requests and responses from a host configured with a static IP address.
permit (ARP access-list configuration)	Permits an ARP packet based on matches against the DHCP bindings.

show auto qos

Use the show auto qos user EXEC command to display the quality of service (QoS) commands entered on the interfaces on which automatic QoS (auto-QoS) is enabled.

show auto qos [interface [interface-id]]

Syntax Description

interface [interface-id]

(Optional) Display auto-QoS information for the specified port or for all ports. Valid interfaces include physical ports.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.
12.2(20)SE	The information in the command output changed, and the user guidelines were updated.
12.2(40)SE	The information in the command output changed.

Usage Guidelines

In releases earlier than Cisco IOS Release 12.2(20)SE, the show auto qos [interface [interface-id]] command output shows the initial generated auto-QoS configuration.

In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(20)SE or later, the show auto qos command output shows only the auto-QoS command entered on each interface. The show auto qos interface interface-id command output shows the auto-QoS command entered on a specific interface.

Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the auto-QoS configuration and the user modifications.

Beginning in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(40)SE, the show auto qos command output also shows the service policy information for the Cisco IP phone.

To display information about the QoS configuration that might be affected by auto-QoS, use one of these commands:

•show mls qos

•show mls qos maps cos-dscp

•show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing]

•show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q | dscp-output-q]

•show mls qos input-queue

•show running-config

Examples

This is an example of output from the show auto qos command after the auto qos voip cisco-phone and the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are entered:

Switch> show auto qos 

GigabitEthernet2/0/4

auto qos voip cisco-softphone

GigabitEthernet2/0/5

auto qos voip cisco-phone

GigabitEthernet2/0/6

auto qos voip cisco-phone

This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:

Switch> show auto qos interface gigabitethernet 2/0/5

GigabitEthernet2/0/5

auto qos voip cisco-phone

This is an example of output from the show running-config privileged EXEC command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone and the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are entered:

Switch# show running-config

Building configuration...

...

mls qos map policed-dscp  24 26 46 to 0

mls qos map cos-dscp 0 8 16 26 32 46 48 56

mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 90 10

mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 8 16

mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2 34 66

mls qos srr-queue input buffers 67 33

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2  1

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 3  0

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 1  2

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 2  4 6 7

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 3  3 5

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2  9 10 11 12 13 14 15

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3  32

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 1  16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2  33 34 35 36 37 38 39 48

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2  49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2  57 58 59 60 61 62 63

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3  24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3  40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 3  5

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 2 threshold 3  3 6 7

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 3 threshold 3  2 4

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 2  1

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 3  0

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3  40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3  24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3  48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3  56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3  16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3  32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 1  8

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 2  9 10 11 12 13 14 15

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 3  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 100 100 100 100

mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 2 75 75 75 250

mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 3 75 150 100 300

mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 4 50 100 75 400

mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 1 100 100 100 100

mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 2 35 35 35 35

mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 3 55 82 100 182

mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 4 90 250 100 400

mls qos queue-set output 1 buffers 15 20 20 45

mls qos queue-set output 2 buffers 24 20 26 30

mls qos

...

!

class-map match-all AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust

  match ip dscp ef

class-map match-all AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust

  match ip dscp cs3  af31

!

policy-map AutoQoS-Police-SoftPhone

  class AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust

   set dscp ef

    police 320000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit

  class AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust

   set dscp cs3

    police 32000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit

!

policy-map AutoQoS-Police-CiscoPhone

  class AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust

   set dscp ef

    police 320000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit

  class AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust

   set dscp cs3

    police 32000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit

...

!

interface GigabitEthernet2/0/4

 switchport mode access

 switchport port-security maximum 400

 service-policy input AutoQoS-Police-SoftPhone

 speed 100

 duplex half

 srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20

 priority-queue out

 auto qos voip cisco-softphone

!

interface GigabitEthernet2/0/5

 switchport mode access

 switchport port-security maximum 1999

 speed 100

 duplex full

 srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20

 priority-queue out

 mls qos trust device cisco-phone

 mls qos trust cos

 auto qos voip cisco-phone

!

interface GigabitEthernet2/0/6

switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q

 switchport trunk native vlan 2

 switchport mode access

 speed 10

 srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20

 priority-queue out

 mls qos trust device cisco-phone

 mls qos trust cos

 auto qos voip cisco-phone

!

interface GigabitEthernet4/0/1

srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20

 priority-queue out

 mls qos trust device cisco-phone

 mls qos trust cos

 mls qos trust device cisco-phone 

service-policy input AutoQoS-Police-CiscoPhone

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:

Switch> show auto qos interface fastethernet1/0/2

FastEthernet1/0/2

auto qos voip cisco-softphone

This is an example of output from the show auto qos command when auto-QoS is disabled on the switch:

Switch> show auto qos

AutoQoS not enabled on any interface

This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when auto-QoS is disabled on an interface:

Switch> show auto qos interface gigabitethernet3/0/1

AutoQoS is disabled

Related Commands

Command	Description
auto qos voip	Automatically configures QoS for VoIP within a QoS domain.
debug auto qos	Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.

show boot

Use the show boot privileged EXEC command to display the settings of the boot environment variables.

show boot [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show boot command for all stack members. Table 2-17 describes each field in the display.

Switch# show boot

BOOT path-list      :flash:/c3750-ipservices-mz

Config file         :flash:/config.text

Private Config file :flash:/private-config.text

Enable Break        :no

Manual Boot         :yes

HELPER path-list    :

Auto upgrade        :yes

-------------------

Switch 1

-------------------

BOOT path-list      :flash:/c3750-ipservices-mz

Config file         :flash:/config.text

Private Config file :flash:/private-config.text

Enable Break        :no

Manual Boot         :yes

HELPER path-list    :

Auto upgrade        :no

<output truncated>

Table 2-17 show boot Field Descriptions

Field	Description
BOOT path-list	Displays a semicolon separated list of executable files to try to load and execute when automatically booting up. If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through the flash file system. In a depth-first search of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the original directory. If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system attempts to boot up with the first bootable file that it can find in the flash file system.
Config file	Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
Private Config file	Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
Enable Break	Displays whether a break during booting up is enabled or disabled. If it is set to yes, on, or 1, you can interrupt the automatic bootup process by pressing the Break key on the console after the flash file system is initialized.
Manual Boot	Displays whether the switch automatically or manually boots up. If it is set to no or 0, the bootloader attempts to automatically boot up the system. If it is set to anything else, you must manually boot up the switch from the bootloader mode.
Helper path-list	Displays a semicolon separated list of loadable files to dynamically load during the bootloader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the functionality of the bootloader.
Auto upgrade	Displays whether the switch stack is set to automatically copy its software version to an incompatible switch so that it can join the stack. A switch in version-mismatch (VM) mode is a switch that has a different stack protocol version than the version on the switch stack. Switches in VM mode cannot join the switch stack. If the switch stack has an image that can be copied to a switch in VM mode, and if the boot auto-copy-sw feature is enabled, the switch stack automatically copies the image from another stack member to the switch in VM mode. The switch then exits VM mode, reboots, and joins the switch stack.

Related Commands

Command	Description
boot auto-copy-sw	Enables the automatic upgrade (auto-upgrade) process to automatically upgrade a switch in version-mismatch (VM) mode.
boot config-file	Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
boot enable-break	Enables interrupting the automatic boot process.
boot manual	Enables manually booting up the switch during the next bootup cycle.
boot private-config-file	Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the private configuration.
boot system	Specifies the Cisco IOS image to load during the next bootup cycle.

show cable-diagnostics tdr

Use the show cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to display the Time Domain Reflector (TDR) results.

show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	Specify the interface on which TDR was run.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

TDR is supported only on 10/100/100 copper Ethernet ports. It is not supported on 10/100 ports, 10-Gigabit module ports, or on SFP module ports. For more information about TDR, see the software configuration guide for this release.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command on a switch other than a Catalyst 3750G-24PS or 3750G-48PS switch:

Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

TDR test last run on: March 01 20:15:40

Interface Speed Local pair Pair length        Remote pair Pair status

--------- ----- ---------- ------------------ ----------- --------------------

Gi1/0/2     auto  Pair A     0    +/- 2  meters N/A         Open

                  Pair B     0    +/- 2  meters N/A         Open

                  Pair C     0    +/- 2  meters N/A         Open

                  Pair D     0    +/- 2  meters N/A         Open

This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command on a Catalyst 3750G-24PS or 3750G-48PS switch:

Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

TDR test last run on: March 01 20:15:40

Interface Speed Local pair Pair length        Remote pair Pair status

--------- ----- ---------- ------------------ ----------- --------------------

Gi1/0/2   auto  Pair A     0    +/- 4 meters  N/A         Open

                Pair B     0    +/- 4 meters  N/A         Open

                Pair C     0    +/- 4 meters  N/A         Open

                Pair D     0    +/- 4 meters  N/A         Open

Table 2-18 lists the descriptions of the fields in the show cable-diagnostics tdr command output.

Table 2-18 Fields Descriptions for the show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output 

Field	Description
Interface	Interface on which TDR was run.
Speed	Speed of connection.
Local pair	Name of the pair of wires that TDR is testing on the local interface.
Pair length	Location on the cable where the problem is, with respect to your switch. TDR can only find the location in one of these cases: •The cable is properly connected, the link is up, and the interface speed is 1000 Mb/s. •The cable is open. •The cable has a short.
Remote pair	Name of the pair of wires to which the local pair is connected. TDR can learn about the remote pair only when the cable is properly connected and the link is up.
Pair status	The status of the pair of wires on which TDR is running: •Normal—The pair of wires is properly connected. •Not completed—The test is running and is not completed. •Not supported—The interface does not support TDR. •Open—The pair of wires is open. •Shorted—The pair of wires is shorted. •ImpedanceMis—The impedance is mismatched. •Short/Impedance Mismatched—The impedance mismatched or the cable is short. •InProgress—The diagnostic test is in progress

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id command when TDR is running:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2

gigabitethernet1/0/2 is up, line protocol is up (connected: TDR in Progress)

This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command when TDR is not running:

Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

% TDR test was never issued on Gi1/0/2

If an interface does not support TDR, this message appears:

% TDR test is not supported on switch 1

Related Commands

Command	Description
test cable-diagnostics tdr	Enables and runs TDR on an interface.

show class-map

Use the show class-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) class maps, which define the match criteria to classify traffic.

show class-map [class-map-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

class-map-name	(Optional) Display the contents of the specified class map.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show class-map command:

Switch> show class-map 

Class Map match-all videowizard_10-10-10-10 (id 2)

   Match access-group name videowizard_10-10-10-10

 Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)

   Match any

 Class Map match-all dscp5 (id 3)

   Match ip dscp 5

Related Commands

Command	Description
class-map	Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify.
match (class-map configuration)	Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.

show cluster

Use the show cluster user EXEC command to display the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs. This command can be entered on the cluster command switch and cluster member switches.

show cluster [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you enter this command on a switch that is not a cluster member, the error message Not a management cluster member appears.

On a cluster member switch, this command displays the identity of the cluster command switch, the switch member number, and the state of its connectivity with the cluster command switch.

On a cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch, this command displays the cluster name and the total number of members. It also shows the cluster status and time since the status changed. If redundancy is enabled, it displays the primary and secondary command-switch information.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the active cluster command switch:

Switch> show cluster

Command switch for cluster "Ajang"

        Total number of members:        7

        Status:                         1 members are unreachable

        Time since last status change:  0 days, 0 hours, 2 minutes

        Redundancy:                     Enabled

                Standby command switch: Member 1

                Standby Group:          Ajang_standby

                Standby Group Number:   110

        Heartbeat interval:             8

        Heartbeat hold-time:            80

        Extended discovery hop count:   3 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch:

Switch1> show cluster

Member switch for cluster "hapuna"

        Member number:                  3

        Management IP address:          192.192.192.192

        Command switch mac address:     0000.0c07.ac14

        Heartbeat interval:             8

        Heartbeat hold-time:            80 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch that is configured as the standby cluster command switch:

Switch> show cluster

Member switch for cluster "hapuna"

        Member number:                  3 (Standby command switch)

        Management IP address:          192.192.192.192

        Command switch mac address:     0000.0c07.ac14

        Heartbeat interval:             8

        Heartbeat hold-time:            80 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the cluster command switch that has lost connectivity with member 1:

Switch> show cluster

Command switch for cluster "Ajang"

        Total number of members:        7

        Status:                         1 members are unreachable

        Time since last status change:  0 days, 0 hours, 5 minutes

        Redundancy:                     Disabled

        Heartbeat interval:             8

        Heartbeat hold-time:            80

        Extended discovery hop count:   3 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch that has lost connectivity with the cluster command switch:

Switch> show cluster

Member switch for cluster "hapuna"

        Member number:                  <UNKNOWN>

        Management IP address:          192.192.192.192

        Command switch mac address:     0000.0c07.ac14

        Heartbeat interval:             8

        Heartbeat hold-time:            80 

Related Commands

Command	Description
cluster enable	Enables a command-capable switch as the cluster command switch, assigns a cluster name, and optionally assigns a member number to it.
show cluster candidates	Displays a list of candidate switches.
show cluster members	Displays information about the cluster members.

show cluster candidates

Use the show cluster candidates privileged EXEC command on a switch stack or on a cluster command switch to display a list of candidate switches.

show cluster candidates [detail | mac-address H.H.H.] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Display detailed information for all candidates.
mac-address H.H.H.	(Optional) MAC address of the cluster candidate.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.

If the switch is not a cluster command switch, the command displays an empty line at the prompt.

The SN in the display means switch member number. If E appears in the SN column, it means that the switch is discovered through extended discovery. If E does not appear in the SN column, it means that the switch member number is the upstream neighbor of the candidate switch. The hop count is the number of devices the candidate is from the cluster command switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command:

Switch> show cluster candidates

                                                             |---Upstream---|

MAC Address    Name         Device Type      PortIf  FEC Hops SN PortIf  FEC

00d0.7961.c4c0 StLouis-2    WS-C3750-12T     Gi6/0/1        2   1  Fa0/11 

00d0.bbf5.e900 ldf-dist-128 WS-C3524-XL      Fa0/7        1   0  Fa0/24      

00e0.1e7e.be80 1900_Switch  1900             3        0   1   0  Fa0/11      

00e0.1e9f.7a00 Surfers-24   WS-C2924-XL      Fa0/5        1   0  Fa0/3       

00e0.1e9f.8c00 Surfers-12-2 WS-C2912-XL      Fa0/4        1   0  Fa0/7       

00e0.1e9f.8c40 Surfers-12-1 WS-C2912-XL      Fa0/1        1   0  Fa0/9       

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of a cluster member switch directly connected to the cluster command switch:

Switch> show cluster candidates mac-address 00d0.7961.c4c0

Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3750-12T

        Upstream MAC address:   00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 0)

        Local port:             Gi6/0/1   FEC number:

        Upstream port:          GI6/0/11  FEC Number:

Hops from cluster edge: 1

        Hops from command device: 1

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of a cluster member switch three hops from the cluster edge:

Switch> show cluster candidates mac-address 0010.7bb6.1cc0

Device 'Ventura' with mac address number 0010.7bb6.1cc0

        Device type:            cisco WS-C2912MF-XL

        Upstream MAC address:   0010.7bb6.1cd4

        Local port:             Fa2/1   FEC number: 

        Upstream port:          Fa0/24  FEC Number: 

        Hops from cluster edge: 3

        Hops from command device: -

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates detail command:

Switch> show cluster candidates detail

Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3512-XL

        Upstream MAC address:   00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 1)

        Local port:             Fa0/3   FEC number: 

        Upstream port:          Fa0/13  FEC Number: 

        Hops from cluster edge: 1

        Hops from command device: 2

Device '1900_Switch' with mac address number 00e0.1e7e.be80

        Device type:            cisco 1900

        Upstream MAC address:   00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 2)

        Local port:             3       FEC number: 0

        Upstream port:          Fa0/11  FEC Number: 

        Hops from cluster edge: 1

        Hops from command device: 2

Device 'Surfers-24' with mac address number 00e0.1e9f.7a00

        Device type:            cisco WS-C2924-XL

        Upstream MAC address:   00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 3)

        Local port:             Fa0/5   FEC number: 

        Upstream port:          Fa0/3   FEC Number: 

        Hops from cluster edge: 1

        Hops from command device: 2

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cluster	Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs.
show cluster members	Displays information about the cluster members.

show cluster members

Use the show cluster members privileged EXEC command on a switch stack or on a cluster command switch to display information about the cluster members.

show cluster members [n | detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

n	(Optional) Number that identifies a cluster member. The range is 0 to 15.
detail	(Optional) Display detailed information for all cluster members.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.

If the cluster has no members, this command displays an empty line at the prompt.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cluster members command. The SN in the display means switch number.

Switch# show cluster members

                                                |---Upstream---|

SN MAC Address    Name         PortIf FEC Hops   SN PortIf  FEC  State

0  0002.4b29.2e00 StLouis1                 0                    Up   (Cmdr)

1  0030.946c.d740 tal-switch-1 Fa0/13      1     0  Gi0/1       Up

2  0002.b922.7180 nms-2820     10      0   2     1  Fa0/18      Up

3  0002.4b29.4400 SanJuan2     Gi0/1       2     1  Fa0/11      Up

4  0002.4b28.c480 GenieTest    Gi0/2       2     1  Fa0/9       Up

This is an example of output from the show cluster members for cluster member 3:

Switch# show cluster members 3

Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3750

        MAC address:            0002.4b29.4400

        Upstream MAC address:   0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)

        Local port:             Gi6/0/1   FEC number:

        Upstream port:          GI6/0/11  FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 2    

This is an example of output from the show cluster members detail command:

Switch# show cluster members detail

Device 'StLouis1' with member number 0 (Command Switch)

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3750

        MAC address:            0002.4b29.2e00

        Upstream MAC address:

        Local port:                     FEC number:

        Upstream port:                  FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 0                 

Device 'tal-switch-14' with member number 1

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3548-XL

        MAC address:            0030.946c.d740

        Upstream MAC address:   0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)

        Local port:             Fa0/13  FEC number:

        Upstream port:          Gi0/1   FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 1                   

Device 'nms-2820' with member number 2

        Device type:            cisco 2820

        MAC address:            0002.b922.7180

        Upstream MAC address:   0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)

        Local port:             10      FEC number: 0

        Upstream port:          Fa0/18  FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 2                        

Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3

        Device type:            cisco WS-C3750

        MAC address:            0002.4b29.4400

        Upstream MAC address:   0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)

        Local port:             Gi6/0/1   FEC number:

        Upstream port:          Fa6/0/11  FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 2

Device 'GenieTest' with member number 4

        Device type:            cisco SeaHorse

        MAC address:            0002.4b28.c480

        Upstream MAC address:   0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)

        Local port:             Gi0/2   FEC number:

        Upstream port:          Fa0/9   FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 2

Device 'Palpatine' with member number 5

        Device type:            cisco WS-C2924M-XL

        MAC address:            00b0.6404.f8c0

        Upstream MAC address:   0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)

        Local port:             Gi2/1   FEC number:

        Upstream port:          Gi0/7   FEC Number:

        Hops from command device: 1                            

Related Commands

Command	Description
show cluster	Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs.
show cluster candidates	Displays a list of candidate switches.

show controllers cpu-interface

Use the show controllers cpu-interface privileged EXEC command to display the state of the CPU network interface ASIC and the send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.

show controllers cpu-interface [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is a partial output example from the show controllers cpu-interface command:

Switch# show controllers cpu-interface

cpu-queue-frames  retrieved  dropped    invalid    hol-block

----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

rpc               4523063    0          0          0

stp               1545035    0          0          0

ipc               1903047    0          0          0

routing protocol  96145      0          0          0

L2 protocol       79596      0          0          0

remote console    0          0          0          0

sw forwarding     5756       0          0          0

host              225646     0          0          0

broadcast         46472      0          0          0

cbt-to-spt        0          0          0          0

igmp snooping     68411      0          0          0

icmp              0          0          0          0

logging           0          0          0          0

rpf-fail          0          0          0          0

queue14           0          0          0          0

cpu heartbeat     1710501    0          0          0

Supervisor ASIC receive-queue parameters

----------------------------------------

 queue 0 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1419A20 paktail 13EAED4

 queue 1 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 15828E0 paktail 157FBFC

 queue 2 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1470D40 paktail 1470FE4

 queue 3 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 19CDDD0 paktail 19D02C8

<output truncated>

Supervisor ASIC Mic Registers

------------------------------

MicDirectPollInfo               80000800

MicIndicationsReceived          00000000

MicInterruptsReceived           00000000

MicPcsInfo                      0001001F

MicPlbMasterConfiguration       00000000

MicRxFifosAvailable             00000000

MicRxFifosReady                 0000BFFF

MicTimeOutPeriod:       FrameTOPeriod: 00000EA6 DirectTOPeriod: 00004000

<output truncated>

MicTransmitFifoInfo:

Fifo0:   StartPtrs:     038C2800        ReadPtr:        038C2C38

        WritePtrs:      038C2C38        Fifo_Flag:      8A800800

        Weights:        001E001E

Fifo1:  StartPtr:       03A9BC00        ReadPtr:        03A9BC60

        WritePtrs:      03A9BC60        Fifo_Flag:      89800400

        writeHeaderPtr: 03A9BC60

Fifo2:  StartPtr:       038C8800        ReadPtr:        038C88E0

        WritePtrs:      038C88E0        Fifo_Flag:      88800200

        writeHeaderPtr: 038C88E0

Fifo3:  StartPtr:       03C30400        ReadPtr:        03C30638

        WritePtrs:      03C30638        Fifo_Flag:      89800400

        writeHeaderPtr: 03C30638

Fifo4:  StartPtr:       03AD5000        ReadPtr:        03AD50A0

        WritePtrs:      03AD50A0        Fifo_Flag:      89800400

        writeHeaderPtr: 03AD50A0

Fifo5:  StartPtr:       03A7A600        ReadPtr:        03A7A600

        WritePtrs:      03A7A600        Fifo_Flag:      88800200

        writeHeaderPtr: 03A7A600

Fifo6:  StartPtr:       03BF8400        ReadPtr:        03BF87F0

        WritePtrs:      03BF87F0        Fifo_Flag:      89800400 

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
show controllers ethernet-controller	Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or the interface internal registers.
show interfaces	Displays the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a specified interface.

show controllers ethernet-controller

Use the show controllers ethernet-controller privileged EXEC command without keywords to display per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware. Use with the phy keyword to display the interface internal registers or the port-asic keyword to display information about the port ASIC.

show controllers ethernet-controller [interface-id] [phy [detail]] [port-asic {configuration | statistics}] [fastethernet 0][ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	The physical interface (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
phy	(Optional) Display the status of the internal registers on the switch physical layer device (PHY) for the device or the interface. This display includes the operational state of the automatic medium-dependent interface crossover (auto-MDIX) feature on an interface.
detail	(Optional) Display details about the PHY internal registers.
port-asic	(Optional) Display information about the port ASIC internal registers.
configuration	Display port ASIC internal register configuration.
statistics	Display port ASIC statistics, including the Rx/Sup Queue and miscellaneous statistics.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC (only supported with the interface-id keywords in user EXEC mode)

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(20)SE	The display was enhanced to show the XENPAK module serial EEPROM contents.

Usage Guidelines

This display without keywords provides traffic statistics, basically the RMON statistics for all interfaces or for the specified interface.

When you enter the phy or port-asic keywords, the displayed information is useful primarily for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller command for an interface. Table 2-19 describes the Transmit fields, and Table 2-20 describes the Receive fields.

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet6/0/1

Transmit GigabitEthernet6/0/1 						 	 	 	 	 	 Receive

         0 Bytes                             0 Bytes

         0 Unicast frames                    0 Unicast frames

         0 Multicast frames                  0 Multicast frames

         0 Broadcast frames                  0 Broadcast frames

         0 Too old frames                    0 Unicast bytes

         0 Deferred frames                   0 Multicast bytes

         0 MTU exceeded frames               0 Broadcast bytes

         0 1 collision frames                0 Alignment errors

         0 2 collision frames                0 FCS errors

         0 3 collision frames                0 Oversize frames

         0 4 collision frames                0 Undersize frames

         0 5 collision frames                0 Collision fragments

         0 6 collision frames

         0 7 collision frames                0 Minimum size frames

         0 8 collision frames                0 65 to 127 byte frames

         0 9 collision frames                0 128 to 255 byte frames

         0 10 collision frames               0 256 to 511 byte frames

         0 11 collision frames               0 512 to 1023 byte frames

         0 12 collision frames               0 1024 to 1518 byte frames

         0 13 collision frames               0 Overrun frames

         0 14 collision frames               0 Pause frames

         0 15 collision frames               0 Symbol error frames

         0 Excessive collisions

         0 Late collisions                   0 Invalid frames, too large

         0 VLAN discard frames               0 Valid frames, too large

         0 Excess defer frames               0 Invalid frames, too small

         0 64 byte frames                    0 Valid frames, too small

         0 127 byte frames

         0 255 byte frames                   0 Too old frames

         0 511 byte frames                   0 Valid oversize frames

         0 1023 byte frames                  0 System FCS error frames

         0 1518 byte frames                  0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame

         0 Too large frames

         0 Good (1 coll) frames

Table 2-19 Transmit Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Bytes	The total number of bytes sent on an interface.
Unicast Frames	The total number of frames sent to unicast addresses.
Multicast frames	The total number of frames sent to multicast addresses.
Broadcast frames	The total number of frames sent to broadcast addresses.
Too old frames	The number of frames dropped on the egress port because the packet aged out.
Deferred frames	The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds 2*maximum-packet time.
MTU exceeded frames	The number of frames that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
1 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs.
2 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after two collisions occur.
3 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after three collisions occur.
4 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after four collisions occur.
5 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after five collisions occur.
6 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after six collisions occur.
7 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after seven collisions occur.
8 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after eight collisions occur.
9 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after nine collisions occur.
10 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after ten collisions occur.
11 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 11 collisions occur.
12 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 12 collisions occur.
13 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 13 collisions occur.
14 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 14 collisions occur.
15 collision frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 15 collisions occur.
Excessive collisions	The number of frames that could not be sent on an interface after 16 collisions occur.
Late collisions	After a frame is sent, the number of frames dropped because late collisions were detected while the frame was sent.
VLAN discard frames	The number of frames dropped on an interface because the CFI1 bit is set.
Excess defer frames	The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds the maximum-packet time.
64 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are 64 bytes.
127 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
255 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
511 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
1023 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1518 byte frames	The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Too large frames	The number of frames sent on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
Good (1 coll) frames	The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs. This value does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.

1 CFI = Canonical Format Indicator

Table 2-20 Receive Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Bytes	The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by frames received on an interface, including the FCS1 value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Unicast frames	The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to unicast addresses.
Multicast frames	The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to multicast addresses.
Broadcast frames	The total number of frames successfully received on an interface that are directed to broadcast addresses.
Unicast bytes	The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by unicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Multicast bytes	The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by multicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Broadcast bytes	The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by broadcast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Alignment errors	The total number of frames received on an interface that have alignment errors.
FCS errors	The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but do not have the correct FCS values.
Oversize frames	The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
Undersize frames	The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes.
Collision fragments	The number of collision fragments received on an interface.
Minimum size frames	The total number of frames that are the minimum frame size.
65 to 127 byte frames	The total number of frames that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
128 to 255 byte frames	The total number of frames that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
256 to 511 byte frames	The total number of frames that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
512 to 1023 byte frames	The total number of frames that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1024 to 1518 byte frames	The total number of frames that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Overrun frames	The total number of overrun frames received on an interface.
Pause frames	The number of pause frames received on an interface.
Symbol error frames	The number of frames received on an interface that have symbol errors.
Invalid frames, too large	The number of frames received that were larger than maximum allowed MTU2 size (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.
Valid frames, too large	The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
Invalid frames, too small	The number of frames received that are smaller than 64 bytes (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.
Valid frames, too small	The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes (or 68 bytes for VLAN-tagged frames) and that have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS bits but excludes the frame header bits.
Too old frames	The number of frames dropped on the ingress port because the packet aged out.
Valid oversize frames	The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size and have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS value but does not include the VLAN tag.
System FCS error frames	The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but that do not have the correct FCS values.
RxPortFifoFull drop frames	The total number of frames received on an interface that are dropped because the ingress queue is full.

1 FCS = frame check sequence 2 MTU = maximum transmission unit

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller phy command for a specific interface:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet1/0/2 phy

Control Register                      :  0001 0001 0100 0000

 Control STATUS                        :  0111 1001 0100 1001

 Phy ID 1                              :  0000 0001 0100 0001

 Phy ID 2                              :  0000 1100 0010 0100

 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement        :  0000 0011 1110 0001

 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner         :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Reg        :  0000 0000 0000 0100

 Next Page Transmit Register           :  0010 0000 0000 0001

 Link Partner Next page Registe        :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 1000BASE-T Control Register           :  0000 1111 0000 0000

 1000BASE-T Status Register            :  0100 0000 0000 0000

 Extended Status Register              :  0011 0000 0000 0000

 PHY Specific Control Register         :  0000 0000 0111 1000

 PHY Specific Status Register          :  1000 0001 0100 0000

 Interrupt Enable                      :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 Interrupt Status                      :  0000 0000 0100 0000

 Extended PHY Specific Control         :  0000 1100 0110 1000

 Receive Error Counter                 :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 Reserved Register 1                   :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 Global Status                         :  0000 0000 0000 0000

 LED Control                           :  0100 0001 0000 0000

 Manual LED Override                   :  0000 1000 0010 1010

 Extended PHY Specific Control         :  0000 0000 0001 1010

 Disable Receiver 1                    :  0000 0000 0000 1011

 Disable Receiver 2                    :  1000 0000 0000 0100

 Extended PHY Specific Status          :  1000 0100 1000 0000

 Auto-MDIX                             :  On   [AdminState=1   Flags=0x00052248]

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller tengigabitethernet1/0/1 phy command for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. It shows the XENPAK module serial EEPROM contents.

For information about the EEPROM map and the field descriptions for the display, see the XENPAK multisource agreement (MSA) at these sites:

http://www.xenpak.org/MSA/XENPAK_MSA_R2.1.pdf

http://www.xenpak.org/MSA/XENPAK_MSA_R3.0.pdf

To determine which version of the XENPAK documentation to read, check the XENPAK MSA Version supported field in the display. Version 2.1 is 15 hexadecimal, and Version 3.0 is 1e hexadecimal.

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller tengigabitethernet1/0/1 phy

TenGigabitEthernet1/0/1 (gpn:472, port-number:1)

-----------------------------------------------------------

XENPAK Serial EEPROM Contents:

Non-Volatile Register (NVR) Fields

 XENPAK MSA Version supported         :0x15

 NVR Size in bytes                    :0x100

 Number of bytes used                 :0xD0

 Basic Field Address                  :0xB

 Customer Field Address               :0x77

 Vendor Field Address                 :0xA7

 Extended Vendor Field Address        :0x100

 Reserved                             :0x0

 Transceiver type                     :0x1 =XENPAK

 Optical connector type               :0x1 =SC

 Bit encoding                         :0x1 =NRZ

 Normal BitRate in multiple of 1M b/s :0x2848

 Protocol Type                        :0x1 =10GgE

Standards Compliance Codes :

 10GbE Code Byte 0                    :0x2 =10GBASE-LR

 10GbE Code Byte 1                    :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 0                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 1                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 2                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 3                :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 0                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 1                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 2                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 3                    :0x0

 Transmission range in 10m            :0x3E8

Fibre Type :

 Fibre Type Byte 0                    :0x40 =NDSF only

 Fibre Type Byte 1                    :0x0 =Unspecified

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 0 :0x1 0xFF 0xB8 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 1 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 2 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 3 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Package Identifier OUI  :0x41F420

 Transceiver Vendor OUI  :0x3400871

 Transceiver vendor name :CISCO-OPNEXT,INC

 Part number provided by transceiver vendor       :800-24558-01    

 Revision level of part number provided by vendor :01

 Vendor serial number           :ONJ0735003U     

 Vendor manufacturing date code :2003082700

 Reserved1 :00 00 00 00 00 00 00

 Basic Field Checksum :0x6C

 Customer Writable Area :

  0x00:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x10:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x20:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

 Vendor Specific :

  0x00:41 00 20 F4 88 84 28 94 C0 00 30 14 06 39 00 D9

  0x10:03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x20:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x30:00 00 00 00 11 5E 19 E9 BF 1B AD 98 03 9B DF 87

  0x40:CC F6 45 FF 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C0 48

  0x50:46 D2 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration command:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration

========================================================================

Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Registers

------------------------------------------------------------------------

DeviceType                         : 000101BC

Reset                              : 00000000

PmadMicConfig                      : 00000001

PmadMicDiag                        : 00000003

SupervisorReceiveFifoSramInfo      : 000007D0 000007D0 40000000

SupervisorTransmitFifoSramInfo     : 000001D0 000001D0 40000000

GlobalStatus                       : 00000800

IndicationStatus                   : 00000000

IndicationStatusMask               : FFFFFFFF

InterruptStatus                    : 00000000

InterruptStatusMask                : 01FFE800

SupervisorDiag                     : 00000000

SupervisorFrameSizeLimit           : 000007C8

SupervisorBroadcast                : 000A0F01

GeneralIO                          : 000003F9 00000000 00000004

StackPcsInfo                       : FFFF1000 860329BD 5555FFFF FFFFFFFF

                                     FF0FFF00 86020000 5555FFFF 00000000

StackRacInfo                       : 73001630 00000003 7F001644 00000003

                                     24140003 FD632B00 18E418E0 FFFFFFFF

StackControlStatus                 : 18E418E0

stackControlStatusMask             : FFFFFFFF

TransmitBufferFreeListInfo         : 00000854 00000800 00000FF8 00000000

                                     0000088A 0000085D 00000FF8 00000000

TransmitRingFifoInfo               : 00000016 00000016 40000000 00000000

                                     0000000C 0000000C 40000000 00000000

TransmitBufferInfo                 : 00012000 00000FFF 00000000 00000030

TransmitBufferCommonCount          : 00000F7A

TransmitBufferCommonCountPeak      : 0000001E

TransmitBufferCommonCommonEmpty    : 000000FF

NetworkActivity                    : 00000000 00000000 00000000 02400000

DroppedStatistics                  : 00000000

FrameLengthDeltaSelect             : 00000001

SneakPortFifoInfo                  : 00000000

MacInfo                            : 0EC0801C 00000001 0EC0801B 00000001

                                     00C0001D 00000001 00C0001E 00000001

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics command:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics

===========================================================================

 Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Statistics

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

         0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames

   4118966 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames

         0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames

         0 RxQ-1, wt-0 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-1, wt-0 drop frames

       296 RxQ-1, wt-1 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-1, wt-1 drop frames

   2836036 RxQ-1, wt-2 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-1, wt-2 drop frames

         0 RxQ-2, wt-0 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-2, wt-0 drop frames

         0 RxQ-2, wt-1 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-2, wt-1 drop frames

    158377 RxQ-2, wt-2 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-2, wt-2 drop frames

         0 RxQ-3, wt-0 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-3, wt-0 drop frames

         0 RxQ-3, wt-1 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-3, wt-1 drop frames

         0 RxQ-3, wt-2 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-3, wt-2 drop frames

        15 TxBufferFull Drop Count               0 Rx Fcs Error Frames

         0 TxBufferFrameDesc BadCrc16            0 Rx Invalid Oversize Frames

         0 TxBuffer Bandwidth Drop Cou           0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames

         0 TxQueue Bandwidth Drop Coun           0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames

         0 TxQueue Missed Drop Statist           0 Rx Invalid Too Small Frames

        74 RxBuffer Drop DestIndex Cou           0 Rx Too Old Frames

         0 SneakQueue Drop Count                 0 Tx Too Old Frames

         0 Learning Queue Overflow Fra           0 System Fcs Error Frames

         0 Learning Cam Skip Count

        15 Sup Queue 0 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 8 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 1 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 9 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 2 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 10 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 3 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 11 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 4 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 12 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 5 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 13 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 6 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 14 Drop Frames

         0 Sup Queue 7 Drop Frames               0 Sup Queue 15 Drop Frames

===========================================================================

 Switch 1, PortASIC 1 Statistics

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

         0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames

        52 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames

         0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames            0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
show controllers cpu-interface	Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers tcam	Displays the state of registers for all ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM controllers.
show idprom	Displays the IDPROM information for the specified interface.

show controllers power inline

Use the show controllers power inline user EXEC command to display the values in the registers of the specified Power over Ethernet (PoE) controller.

show controllers power inline [instance] [module switch-number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

instance	(Optional) Power controller instance, where each instance corresponds to four ports. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. If no instance is specified, information for all instances appear.
module switch number	(Optional) Limit the display to ports on the specified stack member. The switch number is 1 to 9.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

For the Catalyst 3750-48PS switches, the instance range is 0 to 11.

For the Catalyst 3750-24PS switches, the instance range is 0 to 5.

For the Catalyst 3750G-48PS switches, the instance range is 0 to 2. For instances other than 0 to 2, the switches provides no output.

For the Catalyst 3750G-24PS switches, the instance range is 0 to 1. For instances other than 0 to 1, the switches provides no output.

Though visible on all switches, this command is valid only for PoE switches. It provides no information for switches that do not support PoE.

The output provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers power inline command on a switch other than a Catalyst 3750G-48PS or 3750G-24PS switch:

Switch> show controllers power inline

Module 1, Controller Instance 0, Address 0x40

  Interrupt           Reg 0x0  = 0x0

  Intr Mask           Reg 0x1  = 0xF6

  Power Event         Reg 0x2  = 0x0

  Detect Event        Reg 0x4  = 0x0

  Fault Event         Reg 0x6  = 0x0

  T-Start Event       Reg 0x8  = 0x0

  Supply Event        Reg 0xA  = 0x0

  Port 1 Status       Reg 0xC  = 0x24

  Port 2 Status       Reg 0xD  = 0x24

  Port 3 Status       Reg 0xE  = 0x3

  Port 4 Status       Reg 0xF  = 0x3

  Power Status        Reg 0x10 = 0xFF

  Pin Status          Reg 0x11 = 0x0

  Operating Mode      Reg 0x12 = 0xAA

  Disconnect Enable   Reg 0x13 = 0xA0

  Detect/Class Enable Reg 0x14 = 0xFF

  Reserved            Reg 0x15 = 0x0

  Timing Config       Reg 0x16 = 0x2

  Misc Config         Reg 0x17 = 0xA0

  ID Revision         Reg 0x1A = 0x64

Module 1, Controller Instance 1, Address 0x42

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show controllers power inline command on a Catalyst 3750G-24PS switch:

Switch> show controllers power inline

Alchemy instance 0, address 0

 Pending event flag    :N N N N N N N N N N N N

 Current State         :00 05 10 51 61 11

 Current Event         :00 01 00 10 40 00

 Timers                :00 C5 57 03 12 20 04 B2 05 06 07 07

 Error State           :00 00 00 00 10 00

 Error Code            :00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

 Power Status          :N Y N N Y N N N N N N N

 Auto Config           :N Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

 Disconnect            :N N N N N N N N N N N N

 Detection Status      :00 00 00 30 00 00

 Current Class         :00 00 00 30 00 00

 Tweetie debug         :00 00 00 00

 POE Commands pending at sub:

     Command 0 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00

     Command 1 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00

     Command 2 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00

     Command 3 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00

Related Commands

Command	Description
logging event power-inline-status	Enables the logging of PoE events.
power inline	Configures the power management mode for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.
show power inline	Displays the PoE status for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show controllers tcam

Use the show controllers tcam privileged EXEC command to display the state of the registers for all ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for all TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM controllers.

show controllers tcam [asic [number]] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

asic	(Optional) Display port ASIC TCAM information.
number	(Optional) Display information for the specified port ASIC number. The range is from 0 to 15.
detail	(Optional) Display detailed TCAM register information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The asic [number] keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers tcam command:

Switch# show controllers tcam

------------------------------------------------------------------------

TCAM-0 Registers

------------------------------------------------------------------------

  REV:    00B30103

  SIZE:   00080040

  ID:     00000000

  CCR:    00000000_F0000020

  RPID0:  00000000_00000000

  RPID1:  00000000_00000000

  RPID2:  00000000_00000000

  RPID3:  00000000_00000000

  HRR0:   00000000_E000CAFC

  HRR1:   00000000_00000000

  HRR2:   00000000_00000000

  HRR3:   00000000_00000000

  HRR4:   00000000_00000000

  HRR5:   00000000_00000000

  HRR6:   00000000_00000000

  HRR7:   00000000_00000000

<output truncated>

  GMR31:  FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF

  GMR32:  FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF

  GMR33:  FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF

=============================================================================

 TCAM related PortASIC 1 registers

=============================================================================

LookupType:                   89A1C67D_24E35F00

LastCamIndex:                 0000FFE0

LocalNoMatch:                 000069E0

ForwardingRamBaseAddress:

                              00022A00 0002FE00 00040600 0002FE00 0000D400

                              00000000 003FBA00 00009000 00009000 00040600

                              00000000 00012800 00012900

Related Commands

Command	Description
show controllers cpu-interface	Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers ethernet-controller	Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or the interface internal registers.

show controllers utilization

Use the show controllers utilization user EXEC command to display bandwidth utilization on the switch or specific ports.

show controllers [interface-id] utilization [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) ID of the switch interface.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the specified expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the specified expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command.

Switch> show controllers utilization

Port       Receive Utilization  Transmit Utilization

Fa1/0/1            0                    0

Fa1/0/2 		 	 	 	0                    0

Fa1/0/3 	 	 	 	 	0

Fa1/0/4 	 	 	 	 	0                    0

Fa1/0/5            0                    0

Fa1/0/6            0                    0

Fa1/0/7            0                    0

<output truncated>

<output truncated>

Switch Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization  : 0

Switch Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0

Switch Fabric Percentage Utilization : 0

This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command on a specific port:

Switch> show controllers gigabitethernet1/0/1 utilization

Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization   : 0

Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization  : 0

Table 2-21 show controllers utilization Field Descriptions

Field	Description
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization	Displays the received bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the sum of the received traffic on all the ports divided by the switch receive capacity.
Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization	Displays the transmitted bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the sum of the transmitted traffic on all the ports divided it by the switch transmit capacity.
Fabric Percentage Utilization	Displays the average of the transmitted and received bandwidth usage of the switch.

Related Commands

Command	Description
show controllers ethernet-controller	Displays the interface internal registers.

show diagnostic

Use the show diagnostic user EXEC command to view the test results of the online diagnostics and to list the supported test suites.

show diagnostic content switch [num | all] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show diagnostic post [{begin | exclude | include} expression]

show diagnostic result switch [num | all] [detail | test {test-id | test-id-range | all} [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show diagnostic schedule switch [num | all] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show diagnostic status [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show diagnostic switch [num | all] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

content	Display test information including test ID, test attributes, and supported coverage test levels for each test and for all modules.
switch num	Specify the switch number. The range is from 1 to 9.
switch all	Specify all of the switches in the switch stack.
post	Display the power-on self-test (POST) results; the command output is the same as the show post command.
result	Displays the test results.
detail	(Optional) Displays the all test statistics.
test	Specify a test.
test-id	Identification number for the test; see the "Usage Guidelines" section for additional information.
test-id-range	Range of identification numbers for tests; see the "Usage Guidelines" section for additional information.
all	All the tests.
schedule	Displays the current scheduled diagnostic tasks.
status	Displays the test status.
|begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
|exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
|include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Defaults

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SEE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter a switch num, information for all switches is displayed.

In the command output, the possible testing results are as follows:

•Passed (.)

•Failed (F)

•Unknown (U)

Examples

This example shows how to display the online diagnostics that are configured on a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic content switch 3

Switch 3:

Diagnostics test suite attributes:

    B/* - Basic ondemand test / NA

  P/V/* - Per port test / Per device test / NA

  D/N/* - Disruptive test / Non-disruptive test / NA

    S/* - Only applicable to standby unit / NA

    X/* - Not a health monitoring test / NA

    F/* - Fixed monitoring interval test / NA

    E/* - Always enabled monitoring test / NA

    A/I - Monitoring is active / Monitoring is inactive

    R/* - Switch will reload after test list completion / NA

    P/* - will partition stack / NA

                                                     Test Interval   Thre-

ID    Test Name                          attributes  day hh:mm:ss.ms shold

==== ================================== ============ =============== =====

 1)    TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback     B*N****A**   000 00:01:00.00  n/a

 2)    TestPortAsicLoopback              B*D*X**IR*   not configured  n/a

 3)    TestPortAsicCam                   B*D*X**IR*   not configured  n/a

 4)    TestPortAsicRingLoopback          B*D*X**IR*   not configured  n/a

 5)    TestMicRingLoopback               B*D*X**IR*   not configured  n/a

 6)    TestPortAsicMem                   B*D*X**IR*   not configured  n/a

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic results for a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic result switch 1

Switch 1: SerialNo :

Overall diagnostic result: PASS

Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)

1) TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback ---> .

2) TestPortAsicLoopback ------------> .

3) TestPortAsicCam -----------------> .

4) TestPortAsicRingLoopback --------> .

5) TestMicRingLoopback -------------> .

6) TestPortAsicMem -----------------> .

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic test status:

Switch# show diagnostic status

<BU> - Bootup Diagnostics, <HM> - Health Monitoring Diagnostics,

<OD> - OnDemand Diagnostics, <SCH> - Scheduled Diagnostics

====== ================================= =============================== ======

Card   Description                       Current Running Test             Run by

------ --------------------------------- ---------------------            ------

1                                         N/A                              N/A

2                                         TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback    <OD>

                                          TestPortAsicLoopback             <OD>

                                          TestPortAsicCam                  <OD>

                                          TestPortAsicRingLoopback         <OD>

                                          TestMicRingLoopback              <OD>

                                          TestPortAsicMem                  <OD>

3                                         N/A                              N/A 

4                                         N/A                              N/A

====== ================================= =============================== ======

Switch# 

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic test schedule for a switch:

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic test schedule for a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic schedule switch 1

Current Time = 14:39:49 PST Tue Jul 5 2005

Diagnostic for Switch 1:

Schedule #1:

To be run daily 12:00

Test ID(s) to be executed: 1.

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear arp inspection log	Configures the health-monitoring diagnostic test.
diagnostic schedule	Sets the scheduling of test-based online diagnostic testing.
diagnostic start	Starts the online diagnostic test.

show dot1q-tunnel

Use the show dot1q-tunnel user EXEC command to display information about IEEE 802.1Q tunnel ports.

show dot1q-tunnel [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Specify the interface for which to display IEEE 802.1Q tunneling information. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

These are examples of output from the show dot1q-tunnel command:

Switch> show dot1q-tunnel

dot1q-tunnel mode LAN Port(s)

-----------------------------

Gi1/0/1

Gi1/0/2

Gi1/0/3

Gi1/0/6

Po2

Switch> show dot1q-tunnel interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 

dot1q-tunnel mode LAN Port(s)

-----------------------------

Gi1/0/1

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vlan dot1q tag native	Displays IEEE 802.1Q native VLAN tagging status.
switchport mode dot1q-tunnel	Configures an interface as an IEEE 802.1Q tunnel port.

show dot1x

Use the show dot1x user EXEC command to display IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and operational status for the switch or for the specified port.

show dot1x [{all [summary] | interface interface-id} [details | statistics]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

all [summary]	(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
details	(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x interface details.
statistics	(Optional) Display IEEE 802.1x statistics for the specified port.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The all keyword was added.
12.2(25)SED	The display was expanded to include auth-fail-vlan in the authorization state machine state and port status fields.
12.2(25)SEE	The command syntax was changed, and the command output was modified.
12.2(35)SE	The display was expanded to include the status of a port that is configured as both a host and an IP phone (a Cisco IP phone or phone from another manufacturer).

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify a port, global parameters and a summary appear. If you specify a port, details for that port appear.

If the port control is configured as unidirectional or bidirectional control and this setting conflicts with the switch configuration, the show dot1x {all | interface interface-id} privileged EXEC command output has this information:

ControlDirection          = In (Inactive)

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show dot1x user EXEC command:

Switch> show dot1x 

Sysauthcontrol              Enabled

Dot1x Protocol Version            2

Critical Recovery Delay         100

Critical EAPOL             Disabled

This is an example of output from the show dot1x all user EXEC command:

Switch> show dot1x all

Sysauthcontrol              Enabled

Dot1x Protocol Version            2

Critical Recovery Delay         100

Critical EAPOL             Disabled

Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/1

-----------------------------------

PAE                       = AUTHENTICATOR

PortControl               = AUTO

ControlDirection          = Both

HostMode                  = SINGLE_HOST

Violation Mode            = PROTECT

ReAuthentication          = Disabled

QuietPeriod               = 60

ServerTimeout             = 30

SuppTimeout               = 30

ReAuthPeriod              = 3600 (Locally configured)

ReAuthMax                 = 2

MaxReq                    = 2

TxPeriod                  = 30

RateLimitPeriod           = 0

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show dot1x all summary user EXEC command:

Interface       PAE     Client          Status

--------------------------------------------------------

Gi2/0/1         AUTH    none            UNAUTHORIZED

Gi2/0/2         AUTH    00a0.c9b8.0072  AUTHORIZED

Gi2/0/3 AUTH    none            UNAUTHORIZED

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id user EXEC command:

Switch> show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/2

-----------------------------------

PAE                       = AUTHENTICATOR

PortControl               = AUTO

ControlDirection          = In

HostMode                  = SINGLE_HOST

ReAuthentication          = Disabled

QuietPeriod               = 60

ServerTimeout             = 30

SuppTimeout               = 30

ReAuthPeriod              = 3600 (Locally configured)

ReAuthMax                 = 2

MaxReq                    = 2

TxPeriod                  = 30

RateLimitPeriod           = 0

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details user EXEC command:

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 details

Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/2

-----------------------------------

PAE                       = AUTHENTICATOR

PortControl               = AUTO

ControlDirection          = Both

HostMode                  = SINGLE_HOST

ReAuthentication          = Disabled

QuietPeriod               = 60

ServerTimeout             = 30

SuppTimeout               = 30

ReAuthPeriod              = 3600 (Locally configured)

ReAuthMax                 = 2

MaxReq                    = 2

TxPeriod                  = 30

RateLimitPeriod           = 0

Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details commmand when a port is assigned to a guest VLAN and the host mode changes to multiple-hosts mode:

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 details

Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/1

-----------------------------------

PAE                       = AUTHENTICATOR

PortControl               = AUTO

ControlDirection          = Both 

HostMode                  = SINGLE_HOST

ReAuthentication          = Enabled

QuietPeriod               = 60

ServerTimeout             = 30

SuppTimeout               = 30

ReAuthPeriod              = 3600 (Locally configured)

ReAuthMax                 = 2

MaxReq                    = 2

TxPeriod                  = 30

RateLimitPeriod           = 0

Guest-Vlan                = 182

Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty

Port Status               = AUTHORIZED

Authorized By             = Guest-Vlan

Operational HostMode      = MULTI_HOST 

Vlan Policy               = 182

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details commmand when a port is configured as both a host and an IP phone (a Cisco IP phone or phone from another manufacturer). The HostMode field shows MULTI-DOMAIN.

LOTR# show dot1x interface gigabitEthernet 2/0/3 details  
 
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet2/0/3 
----------------------------------- 
PAE = AUTHENTICATOR 
PortControl = AUTO 
ControlDirection = Both  
HostMode = MULTI_DOMAIN 
ReAuthentication = Disabled 
QuietPeriod = 60 
ServerTimeout = 30 
SuppTimeout = 30 
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured) 
ReAuthMax = 2 
MaxReq = 2 
TxPeriod = 1 
RateLimitPeriod = 0 
Mac-Auth-Bypass = Enabled 
Critical-Auth = Enabled 
Critical Recovery Action = Reinitialize 
Critical-Auth VLAN = 10 
Guest-Vlan = 15 
 
Dot1x Authenticator Client List 
 
------------------------------- 
Domain = DATA 
Supplicant = 0000.aaaa.bbbb 
Auth SM State = AUTHENTICATED 
Auth BEND SM Stat = IDLE 
Port Status = AUTHORIZED 
Authentication Method = MAB 
Vlan Policy = 20

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id statistics command. Table 2-22 describes the fields in the display.

Switch> show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 statistics

Dot1x Authenticator Port Statistics for GigabitEthernet1/0/2

--------------------------------------------

RxStart = 0     RxLogoff = 0    RxResp = 1      RxRespID = 1

RxInvalid = 0   RxLenErr = 0    RxTotal = 2

TxReq = 2       TxReqID = 132   TxTotal = 134

RxVersion = 2   LastRxSrcMAC = 00a0.c9b8.0072

Table 2-22 show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
RxStart	Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received.
RxLogoff	Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received.
RxResp	Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that have been received.
RxRespID	Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received.
RxInvalid	Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized frame type.
RxLenError	Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body length field is invalid.
RxTotal	Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received.
TxReq	Number of EAP-request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have been sent.
TxReqId	Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frames that have been sent.
TxTotal	Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frames of any type that have been sent.
RxVersion	Number of received packets in the IEEE 802.1x Version 1 format.
LastRxSrcMac	Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.

Related Commands

Command	Description
dot1x default	Resets the IEEE 802.1x parameters to their default values.

show dtp

Use the show dtp privileged EXEC command to display Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) information for the switch or for a specified interface.

show dtp [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show dtp command:

Switch# show dtp

Global DTP information

        Sending DTP Hello packets every 30 seconds

        Dynamic Trunk timeout is 300 seconds

        21 interfaces using DTP

This is an example of output from the show dtp interface command:

Switch# show dtp interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

DTP information for GigabitEthernet1/0/1:

  TOS/TAS/TNS:                              ACCESS/AUTO/ACCESS

  TOT/TAT/TNT:                              NATIVE/NEGOTIATE/NATIVE

  Neighbor address 1:                       000943A7D081

  Neighbor address 2:                       000000000000

  Hello timer expiration (sec/state):       1/RUNNING

  Access timer expiration (sec/state):      never/STOPPED

  Negotiation timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED

  Multidrop timer expiration (sec/state):   never/STOPPED

  FSM state:                                S2:ACCESS

  # times multi & trunk                     0

  Enabled:                                  yes

  In STP:                                   no

  Statistics

  ----------

  3160 packets received (3160 good)

  0 packets dropped

      0 nonegotiate, 0 bad version, 0 domain mismatches, 0 bad TLVs, 0 other

  6320 packets output (6320 good)

      3160 native, 3160 software encap isl, 0 isl hardware native

  0 output errors

  0 trunk timeouts

  1 link ups, last link up on Mon Mar 01 1993, 01:02:29

  0 link downs

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interfaces trunk	Displays interface trunking information.

show eap

Use the show eap privileged EXEC command to display Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) registration and session information for the switch or for the specified port.

show eap {{registrations [method [name] | transport [name]]} | {sessions [credentials name [interface interface-id] | interface interface-id | method name | transport name]}} [credentials name | interface interface-id | transport name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

registrations	Display EAP registration information.
method name	(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.
transport name	(Optional) Display EAP transport registration information.
sessions	Display EAP session information.
credentials name	(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Display the EAP information for the specified port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SEE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you use the show eap registrations privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the command output shows this information:

•None—All the lower levels used by EAP and the registered EAP methods.

•method name keyword—The specified method registrations.

•transport name keyword—The specific lower-level registrations.

When you use the show eap sessions privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the command output shows this information:

•None—All active EAP sessions.

•credentials name keyword—The specified credentials profile.

•interface interface-id keyword—The parameters for the specified interface.

•method name keyword—The specified EAP method.

•transport name keyword—The specified lower layer.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show eap registrations privileged EXEC command:

Switch> show eap registrations

Registered EAP Methods:

  Method  Type            Name

    4     Peer            MD5

Registered EAP Lower Layers:

  Handle  Type            Name

    2     Authenticator   Dot1x-Authenticator

    1     Authenticator   MAB

This is an example of output from the show eap registrations transport privileged user EXEC command:

Switch> show eap registrations transport all

Registered EAP Lower Layers:

  Handle  Type            Name

    2     Authenticator   Dot1x-Authenticator

    1     Authenticator   MAB

This is an example of output from the show eap sessions privileged EXEC command:

Switch> show eap sessions 

Role:                    Authenticator   Decision:                Fail

Lower layer:             Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:               Gi1/0/1

Current method:          None            Method state:            Uninitialised

Retransmission count:    0  (max: 2)     Timer:                   Authenticator

ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)

EAP handle:              0x5200000A      Credentials profile:     None

Lower layer context ID:  0x93000004      Eap profile name:        None

Method context ID:       0x00000000      Peer Identity:           None

Start timeout (s):       1               Retransmit timeout (s):  30 (30)

Current ID:              2               Available local methods: None

Role:                    Authenticator   Decision:                Fail

Lower layer:             Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:               Gi1/0/2

Current method:          None            Method state:            Uninitialised

Retransmission count:    0  (max: 2)     Timer:                   Authenticator

ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)

EAP handle:              0xA800000B      Credentials profile:     None

Lower layer context ID:  0x0D000005      Eap profile name:        None

Method context ID:       0x00000000      Peer Identity:           None

Start timeout (s):       1               Retransmit timeout (s):  30 (30)

Current ID:              2               Available local methods: None

<Output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show eap sessions interface interface-id privileged EXEC command:

Switch# show eap sessions gigabitethernet1/0/1

Role:                    Authenticator   Decision:                Fail

Lower layer:             Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:               Gi1/0/1

Current method:          None            Method state:            Uninitialised

Retransmission count:    1  (max: 2)     Timer:                   Authenticator

ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 13s)

EAP handle:              0x5200000A      Credentials profile:     None

Lower layer context ID:  0x93000004      Eap profile name:        None

Method context ID:       0x00000000      Peer Identity:           None

Start timeout (s):       1               Retransmit timeout (s):  30 (30)

Current ID:              2               Available local methods: None

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear eap sessions	Clears EAP session information for the switch or for the specified port.

show env

Use the show env user EXEC command to display fan, temperature, redundant power system (RPS) availability, and power information for the switch being accessed (standalone switch or stack master or stack member). Use with the stack keyword to display all information for the stack or for a specified switch in the stack.

show env {all | fan | power | rps | stack [switch-number] | temperature [status]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

all	Display both fan and temperature environmental status.
fan	Display the switch fan status.
power	Display the switch power status.
rps	Display whether an RPS 300 Redundant Power System is connected to the switch.
stack [switch-number]	Display all environmental status for each switch in the stack or for the specified switch. The range is 1 to 9, depending on the switch member numbers in the stack.
temperature	Display the switch temperature status.
status	(Optional) Display the switch internal temperature (not the external temperature) and the threshold values. This keyword is available only on the Catalyst 3750G-48TS, 3750G-48PS, 3750G-24TS-1U, and 3750G-24PS switches.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(20)SE3	The temperature status keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

Use the session privileged EXEC command to access information from a specific switch other than the master.

Use the show env stack [switch-number] command to display information about any switch in the stack from any member switch.

Though visible on all switches, the show env temperature status command is valid only for the Catalyst 3750G-48TS, 3750G-48PS, 3750G-24TS-1U, and 3750G-24PS switches. If you enter this command on these switches, the command output shows the switch temperature states and the threshold levels. If you enter the command on a switch other than these four switches, the output field shows Not Applicable.

On a Catalyst 3750G-48PS or 3750G-24PS switch, you can also use the show env temperature command to display the switch temperature status. The command output shows the green and yellow states as OK and the red state as FAULTY. If you enter the show env all command on this switch, the command output is the same as the show env temperature status command output.

For more information about the threshold levels, see the software configuration guide for this release.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show env all command entered from the master switch or a standalone switch:

Switch> show env all

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is AVAILABLE

This is an example of output from the show env fan command:

Switch> show env fan

FAN is OK

This is an example of output from the show env stack command:

Switch> show env stack

SWITCH: 1

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

SWITCH: 2

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

SWITCH: 3

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

SWITCH: 4

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

SWITCH: 5

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

SWITCH: 6

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

This example shows how to display information about stack member 3 from the master switch:

Switch> show env stack 3

SWITCH: 3

FAN is OK

TEMPERATURE is OK

POWER is OK

RPS is NOT PRESENT

This example shows how to display the temperature value, state, and the threshold values. Table 2-23 describes the temperature states in the command output.

Switch> show env temperature status

Temperature Value:28 Degree Celsius

Temperature State:GREEN

Yellow Threshold :70 Degree Celsius

Red Threshold    :75 Degree Celsius

Table 2-23 States in the show env temperature status Command Output

State	Description
Green	The switch temperature is in the normal operating range.
Yellow	The temperature is in the warning range. You should check the external temperature around the switch.
Red	The temperature is in the critical range. The switch might not run properly if the temperature is in this range.

show errdisable detect

Use the show errdisable detect user EXEC command to display error-disabled detection status.

show errdisable detect [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(37)SE	A mode column was added to the show errdisable detect output.

Usage Guidelines

A displayed gbic-invalid error reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

The error-disable reasons in the command ouput are listed in alphabetical order. The mode column shows how error disable is configured for each feature.

You can configure error-disabled detection in these modes:

•port mode—The entire physical port is error disabled if a violation occurs.

•vlan mode—The VLAN is error disabled if a violation occurs.

•port/vlan mode—The entire physical port is error disabled on some ports and per-VLAN error disabled on other ports.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable detect command:

Switch> show errdisable detect

ErrDisable Reason    Detection    Mode

-----------------    ---------    ----

arp-inspection       Enabled      port

bpduguard            Enabled      vlan

channel-misconfig    Enabled      port

community-limit      Enabled      port

dhcp-rate-limit      Enabled      port

dtp-flap             Enabled      port

gbic-invalid         Enabled      port

inline-power         Enabled      port

invalid-policy       Enabled      port

l2ptguard            Enabled      port

link-flap            Enabled      port

loopback             Enabled      port

lsgroup              Enabled      port

pagp-flap            Enabled      port

psecure-violation    Enabled      port/vlan

security-violatio    Enabled      port

sfp-config-mismat    Enabled      port

storm-control        Enabled      port

udld                 Enabled      port

vmps                 Enabled      port

Related Commands

Command	Description
errdisable detect cause	Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable flap-values	Displays error condition recognition information.
show errdisable recovery	Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.
show interfaces status	Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show errdisable flap-values

Use the show errdisable flap-values user EXEC command to display conditions that cause an error to be recognized for a cause.

show errdisable flap-values [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The Flaps column in the display shows how many changes to the state within the specified time interval will cause an error to be detected and a port to be disabled. For example, the display shows that an error will be assumed and the port shut down if three Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP)-state (port mode access/trunk) or Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap changes occur during a 30-second interval, or if 5 link-state (link up/down) changes occur during a 10-second interval.

ErrDisable Reason    Flaps    Time (sec)

-----------------    ------   ----------

pagp-flap              3       30

dtp-flap               3       30

link-flap              5       10

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable flap-values command:

Switch> show errdisable flap-values

ErrDisable Reason    Flaps    Time (sec)

-----------------    ------   ----------

pagp-flap              3       30

dtp-flap               3       30

link-flap              5       10

Related Commands

Command	Description
errdisable detect cause	Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable detect	Displays error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable recovery	Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.
show interfaces status	Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show errdisable recovery

Use the show errdisable recovery user EXEC command to display the error-disabled recovery timer information.

show errdisable recovery [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A gbic-invalid error-disable reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module interface.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable recovery command:

Switch> show errdisable recovery

ErrDisable Reason    Timer Status

-----------------    --------------

udld                 Disabled

bpduguard            Disabled

security-violatio    Disabled

channel-misconfig    Disabled

vmps                 Disabled

pagp-flap            Disabled

dtp-flap             Disabled

link-flap            Enabled

l2ptguard            Disabled

psecure-violation    Disabled

gbic-invalid         Disabled

dhcp-rate-limit      Disabled

unicast-flood        Disabled

storm-control        Disabled

arp-inspection       Disabled

loopback             Disabled

Timer interval:300 seconds

Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:

Interface    Errdisable reason    Time left(sec)

---------    -----------------    --------------

Gi1/0/2      link-flap             279 

---

Note Though visible in the output, the unicast-flood field is not valid.

---

Related Commands

Command	Description
errdisable recovery	Configures the recover mechanism variables.
show errdisable detect	Displays error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable flap-values	Displays error condition recognition information.
show interfaces status	Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show etherchannel

Use the show etherchannel user EXEC command to display EtherChannel information for a channel.

show etherchannel [channel-group-number {detail | port | port-channel | protocol | summary}] {detail | load-balance | port | port-channel | protocol | summary} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

channel-group-number	(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
detail	Display detailed EtherChannel information.
load-balance	Display the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the port channel.
port	Display EtherChannel port information.
port-channel	Display port-channel information.
protocol	Display the protocol that is being used in the EtherChannel.
summary	Display a one-line summary per channel-group.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The protocol keyword was added.
12.2(25)SE	The channel-group-number range was changed from 1 to 12 to 1 to 48.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify a channel-group, all channel groups are displayed.

In the output, the Passive port list field is displayed only for Layer 3 port channels. This field means that the physical port, which is still not up, is configured to be in the channel group (and indirectly is in the only port channel in the channel group).

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 detail command:

Switch> show etherchannel 1 detail

Group state = L2

Ports: 2   Maxports = 16

Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 16

Protocol:   LACP

                Ports in the group:

                -------------------

Port: Gi1/0/1

------------

Port state    = Up Mstr In-Bndl

Channel group = 1           Mode = Active      Gcchange = -

Port-channel  = Po1         GC   =   -         Pseudo port-channel = Po1

Port index    = 0           Load = 0x00        Protocol =   LACP

Flags:  S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs   F - Device is sending fast LACPDU

        A - Device is in active mode.        P - Device is in passive mode.

Local information:

                            LACP port     Admin     Oper    Port     Port

Port      Flags   State     Priority      Key       Key     Number   State

Gi1/0/1   SA      bndl      32768         0x1       0x1     0x101    0x3D

Gi1/0/2   SA      bndl      32768         0x0       0x1     0x0      0x3D

Age of the port in the current state: 01d:20h:06m:04s

                Port-channels in the group:

                ----------------------

Port-channel: Po1    (Primary Aggregator)

------------

Age of the Port-channel   = 01d:20h:20m:26s

Logical slot/port   = 10/1          Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state          = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol            =   LACP

Ports in the Port-channel:

Index   Load   Port     EC state        No of bits

------+------+------+------------------+-----------

  0     00     Gi1/0/1  Active          0

  0     00     Gi1/0/2  Active          0

Time since last port bundled:    01d:20h:20m:20s    Gi1/0/2

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 summary command:

Switch> show etherchannel 1 summary

Flags:  D - down        P - in port-channel

        I - stand-alone s - suspended

        H - Hot-standby (LACP only)

        R - Layer3      S - Layer2

        u - unsuitable for bundling

        U - in use      f - failed to allocate aggregator

        d - default port

Number of channel-groups in use: 1

Number of aggregators:           1

Group  Port-channel  Protocol    Ports

------+-------------+-----------+----------------------------------------

1      Po1(SU)         LACP      Gi1/0/1(P)  Gi1/0/2(P)

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 port-channel command:

Switch> show etherchannel 1 port-channel 

                Port-channels in the group: 

                ----------------------

Port-channel: Po1    (Primary Aggregator)

------------

Age of the Port-channel   = 01d:20h:24m:50s

Logical slot/port   = 10/1          Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state          = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol            =   LACP

Ports in the Port-channel:

Index   Load   Port     EC state        No of bits

------+------+------+------------------+-----------

  0     00     Gi1/0/1  Active          0

  0     00     Gi1/0/2  Active          0

Time since last port bundled:    01d:20h:24m:44s    Gi1/0/2

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel protocol command:

Switch# show etherchannel protocol

                Channel-group listing:

                -----------------------

Group: 1

----------

Protocol:  LACP

Group: 2

----------

Protocol:  PAgP

Related Commands

Command	Description
channel-group	Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
channel-protocol	Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.
interface port-channel	Accesses or creates the port channel.

show fallback profile

Use the show fallback profile privileged EXEC command to display the fallback profiles that are configured on a switch.

show fallback profile [append | begin | exclude | include | { [redirect | tee] url} expression]

Syntax Description

| append	(Optional) Append redirected output to a specified URL
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
| redirect	(Optional) Copy output to a specified URL.
| tee	(Optional) Copy output to a specified URL.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
url	Specified URL where output is directed.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(35)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show fallback profile privileged EXEC command to display profiles that are configured on the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show fallback profile command:

switch# show fallback profile 

Profile Name: dot1x-www

------------------------------------

Description       : NONE

IP Admission Rule : webauth-fallback

IP Access-Group IN: default-policy

Profile Name: dot1x-www-lpip

------------------------------------

Description       : NONE

IP Admission Rule : web-lpip

IP Access-Group IN: default-policy

Profile Name: profile1

------------------------------------

Description       : NONE

IP Admission Rule : NONE

IP Access-Group IN: NONE

Related Commands

Command	Description
dot1x fallback profile	Configure a port to use web authentication as a fallback method for clients that do not support IEEE 802.1x authentication.
fallback profile profile	Create a web authentication fallback profile.
ip admission rule	Enable web authentication on a switch port
ip admission name proxy http	Enable web authentication globally on a switch
show dot1x [interface interface-id]	Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.

show flowcontrol

Use the show flowcontrol user EXEC command to display the flow control status and statistics.

show flowcontrol [interface interface-id | module number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for a specific interface.
module number	(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for all interfaces on the specified stack member. The range is 1 to 9. This option is not available if you have entered a specific interface ID.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display the flow control status and statistics on the switch or for a specific interface.

Use the show flowcontrol command to display information about all the switch interfaces. For a standalone switch, the output from the show flowcontrol command is the same as the output from the show flowcontrol module number command.

Use the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command to display information about a specific interface.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol command.

Switch> show flowcontrol

Port       Send FlowControl  Receive FlowControl  RxPause TxPause

           admin    oper     admin    oper

---------  -------- -------- -------- --------    ------- -------

Gi2/0/1    Unsupp.  Unsupp.  off      off         0       0

Gi2/0/2    desired  off      off      off         0       0

Gi2/0/3    desired  off      off      off         0       0

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command:

Switch> show flowcontrol gigabitethernet2/0/2

Port       Send FlowControl  Receive FlowControl  RxPause TxPause

           admin    oper     admin    oper

---------  -------- -------- -------- --------    ------- -------

Gi2/0/2    desired  off      off      off         0       0

Related Commands

Command	Description
flowcontrol	Sets the receive flow-control state for an interface.

show idprom

Use the show idprom user EXEC command to display the IDPROM information for the specified interface.

show idprom {interface interface-id} [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	Display the IDPROM information for the specified 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface.
detail	(Optional) Display detailed hexidecimal IDPROM information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command applies only to 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show idprom interface tengigabitethernet1/0/1 command for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. It shows the XENPAK module serial EEPROM contents.

For information about the EEPROM map and the field descriptions for the display, see the XENPAK multisource agreement (MSA) at these sites:

http://www.xenpak.org/MSA/XENPAK_MSA_R2.1.pdf

http://www.xenpak.org/MSA/XENPAK_MSA_R3.0.pdf

To determine which version of the XENPAK documentation to read, check the XENPAK MSA Version supported field in the display. Version 2.1 is 15 hexadecimal, and Version 3.0 is 1E hexadecimal (not shown in the example).

Switch# show idprom interface tengigabitethernet1/0/1

TenGigabitEthernet1/0/1 (gpn:472, port-number:1)

-----------------------------------------------------------

XENPAK Serial EEPROM Contents:

Non-Volatile Register (NVR) Fields

 XENPAK MSA Version supported         :0x15

 NVR Size in bytes                    :0x100

 Number of bytes used                 :0xD0

 Basic Field Address                  :0xB

 Customer Field Address               :0x77

 Vendor Field Address                 :0xA7

 Extended Vendor Field Address        :0x100

 Reserved                             :0x0

 Transceiver type                     :0x1 =XENPAK

 Optical connector type               :0x1 =SC

 Bit encoding                         :0x1 =NRZ

 Normal BitRate in multiple of 1M b/s :0x2848

 Protocol Type                        :0x1 =10GgE

Standards Compliance Codes :

 10GbE Code Byte 0                    :0x2 =10GBASE-LR

 10GbE Code Byte 1                    :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 0                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 1                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 2                :0x0

 SONET/SDH Code Byte 3                :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 0                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 1                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 2                    :0x0

 10GFC Code Byte 3                    :0x0

 Transmission range in 10m            :0x3E8

Fibre Type :

 Fibre Type Byte 0                    :0x40 =NDSF only

 Fibre Type Byte 1                    :0x0 =Unspecified

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 0 :0x1 0xFF 0xB8 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 1 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 2 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 3 :0x0 0x0 0x0 

 Package Identifier OUI  :0x41F420

 Transceiver Vendor OUI  :0x3400871

 Transceiver vendor name :CISCO-OPNEXT,INC

 Part number provided by transceiver vendor       :800-24558-01    

 Revision level of part number provided by vendor :01

 Vendor serial number           :ONJ0735003U     

 Vendor manufacturing date code :2003082700

 Reserved1 :00 00 00 00 00 00 00

 Basic Field Checksum :0x6C

 Customer Writable Area :

  0x00:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x10:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x20:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

 Vendor Specific :

  0x00:41 00 20 F4 88 84 28 94 C0 00 30 14 06 39 00 D9

  0x10:03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x20:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

  0x30:00 00 00 00 11 5E 19 E9 BF 1B AD 98 03 9B DF 87

  0x40:CC F6 45 FF 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C0 48

  0x50:46 D2 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related Commands

Command	Description
show controllers ethernet-controller	Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware, interface internal registers, or port ASIC information.

show interfaces

Use the show interfaces privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a specified interface.

show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] [accounting | capabilities [module number] | counters | description | etherchannel | flowcontrol | private-vlan mapping | pruning | stats | status [err-disabled] | switchport [backup | module number] | transceiver {tengigabitethernet interface-id} | properties | detail [module number] | trunk] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number) and port channels. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) VLAN identification. The range is 1 to 4094.
accounting	(Optional) Display accounting information on the interface, including active protocols and input and output packets and octets. Note The display shows only packets processed in software; hardware-switched packets do not appear.
capabilities	(Optional) Display the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface, including the features and options that you can configure on the interface. Though visible in the command line help, this option is not available for VLAN IDs.
module number	(Optional) Display capabilities, switchport configuration, or transceiver characteristics (depending on preceding keyword) of all interfaces on the specified stack member. The range is 1 to 9. This option is not available if you enter a specific interface ID.
counters	(Optional) See the show interfaces counters command.
description	(Optional) Display the administrative status and description set for an interface.
etherchannel	(Optional) Display interface EtherChannel information.
flowcontrol	(Optional) Display interface flowcontrol information
private-vlan mapping	(Optional) Display private-VLAN mapping information for the VLAN switch virtual interfaces (SVIs). This keyword is available only if your switch is running the IP services image, formerly known as the enhanced multilayer image (EMI).
pruning	(Optional) Display interface trunk VTP pruning information.
stats	(Optional) Display the input and output packets by switching path for the interface.
status	(Optional) Display the status of the interface. A status of unsupported in the Type field means that a non-Cisco small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is inserted in the module slot.
err-disabled	(Optional) Display interfaces in error-disabled state.
switchport	(Optional) Display the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
backup	(Optional) Display Flex Link backup interface configuration and status for the specified interface or all interfaces on the stack.
tengigabitethernet	Display the status of a connected ten-gigabit module.
transceiver [detail | properties]	(Optional) Display the physical properties of a CWDM1 or DWDM2 small form-factor (SFP) module interface. The keywords have these meanings: •detail—(Optional) Display calibration properties, including high and low numbers and any alarm information. •properties—(Optional) Display speed, duplex, and inline power settings on an interface.
trunk	Display interface trunk information. If you do not specify an interface, only information for active trunking ports appears.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

1 Coarse wavelength-division multiplexer 2 Dense wavelength-division multiplexer

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the crb, fair-queue, irb, mac-accounting, precedence, random-detect, rate-limit, and shape keywords are not supported.

---

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	Support for the capabilities keyword was added.
12.2(20)SE	The private-vlan mapping, backup, transceiver calibration, detail, and properties, keywords were added.
12.2(25)SEA	The calibration keyword was removed.
12.2(25)SEE	Added the backup, counters, detail, and trunk keywords.
12.2(44)SE	Added the tengigabitethernet interface-id transceiver detail keywords.

Usage Guidelines

The show interfaces capabilities command with different keywords has these results:

•Use the show interfaces capabilities module number command to display the capabilities of all interfaces on that switch in the stack. If there is no switch with that module number in the stack, there is no output.

•Use the show interfaces interface-id capabilities to display the capabilities of the specified interface.

•Use the show interfaces capabilities (with no module number or interface ID) to display the capabilities of all interfaces in the stack.

•Use the show interfaces switchport module number command to display the switch port characteristics of all interfaces on that switch in the stack. If there is no switch with that module number in the stack, there is no output.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show interfaces command for an interface on stack member 3:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet3/0/2 

GigabitEthernet3/0/2 is down, line protocol is down

  Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 0009.43a7.d085 (bia 0009.43a7.d085)

  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,

     reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255

  Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set

  Keepalive set (10 sec)

  Auto-duplex, Auto-speed

  input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off

  ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output never, output hang never

  Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters never

  Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0

  Queueing strategy: fifo

  Output queue :0/40 (size/max)

  5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

  5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

     2 packets input, 1040 bytes, 0 no buffer

     Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles

     0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored

     0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input

     0 input packets with dribble condition detected

     4 packets output, 1040 bytes, 0 underruns

     0 output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets

     0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred

     0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output

     0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out

This is an example of output from the show interfaces accounting command.

Switch# show interfaces accounting

Vlan1

                Protocol    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

                      IP    1094395  131900022     559555   84077157

           Spanning Tree     283896   17033760         42       2520

                     ARP      63738    3825680        231      13860

Interface Vlan2 is disabled

Vlan7

                Protocol    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

No traffic sent or received on this interface.

Vlan31

                Protocol    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

No traffic sent or received on this interface.

GigabitEthernet1/0/1

                Protocol    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

No traffic sent or received on this interface.

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

                Protocol    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

No traffic sent or received on this interface.

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show interfaces capabilities command for an interface.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 capabilities

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

  Model:                 WS-C3750G-24TS

Type:                  10/100/1000BaseTX

  Speed:                 10,100,1000,auto

  Duplex:                full,auto

  Trunk encap. type:     802.1Q,ISL

  Trunk mode:            on,off,desirable,nonegotiate

  Channel:               yes

  Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)

  Flowcontrol:           rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(none)

  Fast Start:            yes

  QoS scheduling:        rx-(not configurable on per port basis),tx-(4q2t)

  CoS rewrite:           yes

  ToS rewrite:           yes

  UDLD:                  yes

  Inline power:          no

  SPAN:                  source/destination

  PortSecure:            yes

  Dot1x:                 yes

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface description command when the interface has been described as Connects to Marketing by using the description interface configuration command.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 description

Interface Status         Protocol Description

Gi1/0/2     up             down     Connects to Marketing

This is an example of output from the show interfaces etherchannel command when port channels are configured on the switch:

Switch# show interfaces etherchannel

----

Port-channel1:

Age of the Port-channel   = 03d:20h:17m:29s

Logical slot/port   = 10/1           Number of ports = 0

GC                  = 0x00000000      HotStandBy port = null

Port state          = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse

Port-channel2:

Age of the Port-channel   = 03d:20h:17m:29s

Logical slot/port   = 10/2           Number of ports = 0

GC                  = 0x00000000      HotStandBy port = null

Port state          = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse

Port-channel3:

Age of the Port-channel   = 03d:20h:17m:29s

Logical slot/port   = 10/3           Number of ports = 0

GC                  = 0x00000000      HotStandBy port = null

Port state          = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse

This is an example of output from the show interfaces private-vlan mapping command when the private-VLAN primary VLAN is VLAN 10 and the secondary VLANs are VLANs 501 and 502:

Switch# show interfaces private-vlan mapping

Interface Secondary VLAN Type

--------- -------------- -----------------

vlan10    501            isolated

vlan10    502            community

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command when pruning is enabled in the VTP domain:

Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet1/0/2 pruning

Port    Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor

Gi1/0/2   3,4

Port    Vlans traffic requested of neighbor

Gi1/0/2   1-3

This is an example of output from the show interfaces stats command for a specified VLAN interface.

Switch# show interfaces vlan 1 stats

Switching path    Pkts In   Chars In   Pkts Out  Chars Out

        Processor    1165354  136205310     570800   91731594

      Route cache          0          0          0          0

            Total    1165354  136205310     570800   91731594

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces status command. It displays the status of all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces status

Port      Name               Status       Vlan       Duplex  Speed Type

Fa1/0/1                      connected    routed     a-half  a-100 10/100BaseTX

Fa1/0/2                      notconnect   121,40       auto   auto 10/100BaseTX

Fa1/0/3                      notconnect   1            auto   auto 10/100BaseTX

Fa1/0/4                      notconnect   18           auto   auto Not Present

Fa1/0/5                      connected    121        a-full a-1000 10/100BaseTX

Fa1/0/6                      connected    122,11     a-full a-1000 10/100BaseTX 

<output truncated>

Gi1/0/1                      notconnect   1            auto   auto 10/100/1000BaseTX

Gi1/0/2                      notconnect   1            auto   auto unsupported

These are examples of output from the show interfaces status command for a specific interface when private VLANs are configured. Port 22 is configured as a private-VLAN host port. It is associated with primary VLAN 20 and secondary VLAN 25.

Switch# show interfaces fastethernet1/0/22 status

Port      Name               Status       Vlan       Duplex  Speed Type

Fa1/0/22                     connected    20,25      a-full  a-100 10/100BaseTX

In this example, port 20 is configured as a private-VLAN promiscuous port. The display shows only the primary VLAN 20.

Switch# show interfaces fastethernet1/0/20 status

Port      Name               Status       Vlan       Duplex  Speed Type

Fa1/0/20                     connected    20         a-full  a-100 10/100BaseTX

This is an example of output from the show interfaces status err-disabled command. It displays the status of interfaces in the error-disabled state.

Switch# show interfaces status err-disabled 

Port      Name               Status       Reason

Gi2/0/26                     err-disabled gbic-invalid

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a port. Table 2-24 describes the fields in the display.

---

Note Private VLAN trunks are not supported in this release, so those fields are not applicable.

---

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/1 switchport

Name: Gi1/0/1

Switchport: Enabled

Administrative Mode: dynamic auto

Operational Mode: static access

Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate

Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native

Negotiation of Trunking: On

Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

Voice VLAN: none

Administrative private-vlan host-association:10 (VLAN0010) 502 (VLAN0502)

Administrative private-vlan mapping: none 

Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

Operational private-vlan: none

Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL

Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001

Capture Mode Disabled

Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL

Protected: false

Unknown unicast blocked: disabled

Unknown multicast blocked: disabled

Voice VLAN: none (Inactive)

Appliance trust: none

Table 2-24 show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Name	Displays the port name.
Switchport	Displays the administrative and operational status of the port. In this display, the port is in switchport mode.
Administrative Mode Operational Mode	Displays the administrative and operational modes.
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation Operational Trunking Encapsulation Negotiation of Trunking	Displays the administrative and operational encapsulation method and whether trunking negotiation is enabled.
Access Mode VLAN	Displays the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.
Trunking Native Mode VLAN Trunking VLANs Enabled Trunking VLANs Active	Lists the VLAN ID of the trunk that is in native mode. Lists the allowed VLANs on the trunk. Lists the active VLANs on the trunk.
Pruning VLANs Enabled	Lists the VLANs that are pruning-eligible.
Protected	Displays whether or not protected port is enabled (True) or disabled (False) on the interface.
Unknown unicast blocked Unknown multicast blocked	Displays whether or not unknown multicast and unknown unicast traffic is blocked on the interface.
Voice VLAN	Displays the VLAN ID on which voice VLAN is enabled.
Administrative private-vlan host-association	Displays the administrative VLAN association for private-VLAN host ports.
Administrative private-vlan mapping	Displays the administrative VLAN mapping for private-VLAN promiscuous ports.
Operational private-vlan	Displays the operational private-VLAN status.
Appliance trust	Displays the class of service (CoS) setting of the data packets of the IP phone.

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a port configured as a private VLAN promiscuous port. The primary VLAN 20 is mapped to secondary VLANs 25, 30, and 35:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 switchport

Name: Gi1/0/2

Switchport: Enabled

Administrative Mode: private-vlan promiscuous

Operational Mode: private-vlan promiscuous

Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate

Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native

Negotiation of Trunking: Off

Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled

Voice VLAN: none

Administrative private-vlan host-association: none

Administrative private-vlan mapping: 20 (VLAN0020) 25 (VLAN0025) 30 (VLAN0030) 35 
(VLAN0035)

Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

Administrative private-vlan trunk Native VLAN tagging: enabled

Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

Operational private-vlan:

20 (VLAN0020) 25 (VLAN0025)

30 (VLAN0030)

35 (VLAN0035)

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport backup command:

Switch# show interfaces switchport backup

Switch Backup Interface Pairs:

     Active Interface    Backup Interface    State

     --------------------------------------------------------------

     Fa1/0/1               Fa1/0/2             Active Up/Backup Standby

     Fa3/0/3               Fa4/0/5             Active Down/Backup Up

     Po1                 Po2                 Active Standby/Backup Up

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport backup command. In this example, VLANs 1 to 50, 60, and 100 to 120 are configured on the switch:

Switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 2/0/6

Switch(config-if)#switchport backup interface gigabitEthernet 2/0/8 prefer vlan 60,100-120

When both interfaces are up, Gi2/0/8 forwards traffic for VLANs 60, 100 to 120, and Gi2/0/6 forwards traffic for VLANs 1 to 50.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup

Switch Backup Interface Pairs:

Active Interface        Backup Interface        State

------------------------------------------------------------------------

GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6: 1-50

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 60, 100-120

When a Flex Link interface goes down (LINK_DOWN), VLANs preferred on this interface are moved to the peer interface of the Flex Link pair. In this example, if interface Gi2/0/6 goes down, Gi2/0/8 carries all VLANs of the Flex Link pair.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup

Switch Backup Interface Pairs:

Active Interface        Backup Interface        State

------------------------------------------------------------------------

GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6: 

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 1-50, 60, 100-120

When a Flex Link interface comes up, VLANs preferred on this interface are blocked on the peer interface and moved to the forwarding state on the interface that has just come up. In this example, if interface Gi2/0/6 comes up, then VLANs preferred on this interface are blocked on the peer interface Gi2/0/8 and forwarded on Gi2/0/6.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup

Switch Backup Interface Pairs:

Active Interface        Backup Interface        State

------------------------------------------------------------------------

GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6: 1-50

Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 60, 100-120

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command:

Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet1/0/2 pruning

Port    Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id trunk command. It displays trunking information for the port.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/1 trunk

Port          Mode         Encapsulation  Status        Native vlan

Gi1/0/1      auto         negotiate      trunking      1

Port          Vlans allowed on trunk

Gi1/0/1      1-4094

Port          Vlans allowed and active in management domain

Gi1/0/1      1-4

Port          Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned

Gi1/0/1       1-4

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver properties command:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/1 transceiver properties

Name : Gi1/0/1

Administrative Speed: auto 

Operational Speed: auto 

Administrative Duplex: auto

Administrative Power Inline: enable

Operational Duplex: auto

Administrative Auto-MDIX: off

Operational Auto-MDIX: off

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver detail command:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet2/0/3 transceiver detail

ITU Channel not available (Wavelength not available),

Transceiver is externally calibrated.

mA:milliamperes, dBm:decibels (milliwatts), N/A:not applicable.

++:high alarm, +:high warning, -:low warning, -- :low alarm.

A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.

The threshold values are uncalibrated.

                            High Alarm  High Warn  Low Warn   Low Alarm

        Temperature         Threshold   Threshold  Threshold  Threshold

Port     (Celsius)          (Celsius)   (Celsius)  (Celsius)  (Celsius)

------- ------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

Gi2/0/3 41.5                110.0       103.0      -8.0       -12.0

                            High Alarm  High Warn  Low Warn   Low Alarm

         Voltage            Threshold   Threshold  Threshold  Threshold

Port     (Volts)            (Volts)     (Volts)    (Volts)    (Volts)

-------  ---------------    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

Gi2/0/3  3.20               4.00        3.70       3.00       2.95

                            High Alarm  High Warn  Low Warn   Low Alarm

         Current            Threshold   Threshold  Threshold  Threshold

Port     (milliamperes)     (mA)        (mA)       (mA)       (mA)

-------  -----------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

Gi2/0/3  31.0               84.0        70.0       4.0        2.0

         Optical            High Alarm  High Warn  Low Warn   Low Alarm

         Transmit Power     Threshold   Threshold  Threshold  Threshold

Port     (dBm)              (dBm)       (dBm)      (dBm)      (dBm)

-------  -----------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

Gi2/0/3  -0.0 ( -0.0)       -0.0        -0.0       -0.0       -0.0

         Optical            High Alarm  High Warn  Low Warn   Low Alarm

         Receive Power      Threshold   Threshold  Threshold  Threshold

Port     (dBm)              (dBm)       (dBm)      (dBm)      (dBm)

-------  -----------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

Gi2/0/3  N/A  ( -0.0) --    -0.0        -0.0       -0.0       -0.0

This is an example of output from the show interfaces tengigabitethernet interface-id transceiver detail command:

Switch# show interfaces tengigabitethernet1/0/1 transceiver detail 

Transceiver monitoring is disabled for all interfaces.

ITU Channel not available (Wavelength not available),

Transceiver is internally calibrated.

mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts), NA or N/A: not applicable.

++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.

A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.

The threshold values are calibrated.

High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm

Temperature Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold

Port (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius)

--------- ------------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------

Te1/0/1 26.8 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0

High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm

Voltage Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold

Port (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts)

--------- --------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

Te1/0/1 3.15 3.63 3.63 2.97 2.97

High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm

Current Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold

Port (milliamperes) (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)

--------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

Te1/0/1 5.0 16.3 15.3 3.9 3.2

Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm

Transmit Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold

Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)

--------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

Te1/0/1 -1.9 1.0 0.5 -8.2 -8.5

Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm

Receive Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold

Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)

------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

Te1/0/1 -1.4 1.0 0.5 -14.1 -15.0

This is an example of output from the show interfaces tengigabitethernet interface-id transceiver properties command:

Switch# show interfaces tengigabitethernet1/0/1 transceiver properties

Transceiver monitoring is disabled for all interfaces.

ITU Channel not available (Wavelength not available),

Transceiver is internally calibrated.

Name : Te1/0/1

Administrative Speed: 10000

Administrative Duplex: full 

Administrative Auto-MDIX: on

Administrative Power Inline: N/A

Operational Speed: 10000

Operational Duplex: full 

Operational Auto-MDIX: off

Media Type: 10GBase-LR

Related Commands

Command	Description
switchport access	Configures a port as a static-access or a dynamic-access port.
switchport block	Blocks unknown unicast or multicast traffic on an interface.
switchport backup interface	Configures Flex Links, a pair of Layer 2 interfaces that provide mutual backup.
switchport mode	Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
switchport mode private-vlan	Configures a port as a private-VLAN host or a promiscuous port.
switchport private-vlan	Defines private-VLAN association for a host port or private-VLAN mapping for a promiscuous port.
switchport protected	Isolates unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the same switch.
switchport trunk pruning	Configures the VLAN pruning-eligible list for ports in trunking mode.

show interfaces counters

Use the show interfaces counters privileged EXEC command to display various counters for the switch or for a specific interface.

show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] counters [errors | etherchannel | module switch- number | protocol status | trunk] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) ID of the physical interface, including type, stack member, module, and port number.
errors	(Optional) Display error counters.
etherchannel	(Optional) Display EtherChannel counters, including octets, broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unicast packets received and sent.
module switch- number	(Optional) Display counters for the specified stack member. The range is from 1 to 9, depending upon the switch numbers in the stack. Note In this command, the module keyword refers to the stack member number (1 to 9). The module number that is part of the interface ID is always zero.
protocol status	(Optional) Display status of protocols enabled on interfaces.
trunk	(Optional) Display trunk counters.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the vlan vlan-id keyword is not supported.

---

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE	The etherchannel and protocol status keywords were added. The broadcast, multicast, and unicast keywords were removed.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all interfaces are included.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters command. It displays all counters for the switch.

Switch# show interfaces counters

Port            InOctets   InUcastPkts   InMcastPkts   InBcastPkts

Gi1/0/1                0             0             0             0

Gi1/0/2                0             0             0             0

<output truncated>

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters module command for stack member 2. It displays all counters for the specified switch in the stack.

Switch# show interfaces counters module 2

Port            InOctets   InUcastPkts   InMcastPkts   InBcastPkts

Fa2/0/1              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/2              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/3              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/4              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/5              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/6              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/7              520             2             0             0

Fa2/0/8              520             2             0             0

<output truncated>

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters protocol status command for all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces counters protocol status

Protocols allocated:

 Vlan1: Other, IP

 Vlan20: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan30: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan40: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan50: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan60: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan70: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan80: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan90: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan900: Other, IP, ARP

 Vlan3000: Other, IP

 Vlan3500: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/1: Other, IP, ARP, CDP

 FastEthernet1/0/2: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/3: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/4: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/5: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/6: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/7: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/8: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/9: Other, IP

 FastEthernet1/0/10: Other, IP, CDP

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show interfaces counters trunk command. It displays trunk counters for all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces counters trunk

Port        TrunkFramesTx  TrunkFramesRx  WrongEncap

Gi1/0/1                 0              0           0

Gi1/0/2                 0              0           0

Gi1/0/3             80678           4155           0

Gi1/0/4             82320            126           0

Gi1/0/5                  0               0           0

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
show interfaces	Displays additional interface characteristics.

show inventory

Use the show inventory user EXEC command to display product identification (PID) information for the hardware.

show inventory [entity-name | raw] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

entity-name	(Optional) Display the specified entity. For example, enter the interface (such as gigabitethernet1/0/1) into which a small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is installed.
raw	(Optional) Display every entity in the device.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SEC	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The command is case sensitive. With no arguments, the show inventory command produces a compact dump of all identifiable entities that have a product identifier. The compact dump displays the entity location (slot identity), entity description, and the unique device identifier (UDI) (PID, VID, and SN) of that entity.

---

Note If there is no PID, no output appears when you enter the show inventory command.

---

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is example output from the show inventory command:

Switch> show inventory

NAME: "5", DESCR: "WS-C3750G-12S"

PID: WS-C3750G-12S-S   , VID: E0 , SN: CAT0749R204

show ip arp inspection

Use the show ip arp inspection privileged EXEC command to display the configuration and the operating state of dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection or the status of this feature for all VLANs or for the specified interface or VLAN.

show ip arp inspection [interfaces [interface-id] | log | statistics [vlan vlan-range] | vlan vlan-range] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interfaces [interface-id]	(Optional) Display the trust state and the rate limit of ARP packets for the specified interface or all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
log	(Optional) Display the configuration and contents of the dynamic ARP inspection log buffer.
statistics [vlan vlan-range]	(Optional) Display statistics for forwarded, dropped, MAC validation failure, IP validation failure, access control list (ACL) permitted and denied, and DHCP permitted and denied packets for the specified VLAN. If no VLANs are specified or if a range is specified, display information only for VLANs with dynamic ARP inspection enabled (active). You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
vlan vlan-range	(Optional) Display the configuration and the operating state of dynamic ARP inspection for the specified VLAN. If no VLANs are specified or if a range is specified, display information only for VLANs with dynamic ARP inspection enabled (active). You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.
12.2(37)SE	The output changed to include Probe Logging information.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection command

Switch# show ip arp inspection

Source Mac Validation      : Disabled

Destination Mac Validation : Disabled

IP Address Validation      : Enabled

  Vlan     Configuration    Operation   ACL Match          Static ACL

  ----     -------------    ---------   ---------          ----------

     1     Enabled          Active      deny-all           No

  Vlan     ACL Logging      DHCP Logging      Probe Logging

  ----     -----------      ------------      -------------

     1     Acl-Match        All               Permit

  Vlan      Forwarded        Dropped     DHCP Drops      ACL Drops

  ----      ---------        -------     ----------      ---------

     1              0              0              0              0

  Vlan   DHCP Permits    ACL Permits  Probe Permits   Source MAC Failures

  ----   ------------    -----------  -------------   -------------------

     1              0              0              0                     0

  Vlan   Dest MAC Failures   IP Validation Failures   Invalid Protocol Data

  ----   -----------------   ----------------------   ---------------------

     1                   0                        0                       0

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection interfaces command:

Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces

 Interface        Trust State     Rate (pps)    Burst Interval

 ---------------  -----------     ----------    --------------

 Gi1/0/1          Untrusted               15                 1

 Gi1/0/2          Untrusted               15                 1

 Gi1/0/3          Untrusted               15                 1

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection interfaces interface-id command:

Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/1

 Interface        Trust State     Rate (pps)    Burst Interval

 ---------------  -----------     ----------    --------------

 Gi1/0/1          Untrusted               15                 1

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection log command. It shows the contents of the log buffer before the buffers are cleared:

Switch# show ip arp inspection log

Total Log Buffer Size : 32

Syslog rate : 10 entries per 300 seconds.

Interface   Vlan  Sender MAC      Sender IP        Num Pkts   Reason       Time

----------  ----  --------------  ---------------  ---------  -----------  ----

Gi1/0/1     5     0003.0000.d673  192.2.10.4               5  DHCP Deny    19:39:01 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.0000.d774  128.1.9.25               6  DHCP Deny    19:39:02 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.c940.1111  10.10.10.1               7  DHCP Deny    19:39:03 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.c940.1112  10.10.10.2               8  DHCP Deny    19:39:04 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.c940.1114  173.1.1.1               10  DHCP Deny    19:39:06 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.c940.1115  173.1.1.2               11  DHCP Deny    19:39:07 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

Gi1/0/1     5     0001.c940.1116  173.1.1.3               12  DHCP Deny    19:39:08 UTC 
Mon Mar 1 1993

If the log buffer overflows, it means that a log event does not fit into the log buffer, and the display for the show ip arp inspection log privileged EXEC command is affected. A -- in the display appears in place of all data except the packet count and the time. No other statistics are provided for the entry. If you see this entry in the display, increase the number of entries in the log buffer, or increase the logging rate in the ip arp inspection log-buffer global configuration command.

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection statistics command. It shows the statistics for packets that have been processed by dynamic ARP inspection for all active VLANs.

Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics

Vlan       Forwarded        Dropped     DHCP Drops      ACL Drops

 ----      ---------        -------     ----------      ---------

    5              3           4618           4605              4

 2000              0              0              0              0

 Vlan   DHCP Permits    ACL Permits   Source MAC Failures

 ----   ------------    -----------   -------------------

    5              0             12                     0

 2000              0              0                     0

 Vlan   Dest MAC Failures   IP Validation Failures

 ----   -----------------   ----------------------

    5                   0                        9

 2000                   0                        0

For the show ip arp inspection statistics command, the switch increments the number of forwarded packets for each ARP request and response packet on a trusted dynamic ARP inspection port. The switch increments the number of ACL or DHCP permitted packets for each packet that is denied by source MAC, destination MAC, or IP validation checks, and the switch increments the appropriate failure count.

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 5 command. It shows statistics for packets that have been processed by dynamic ARP for VLAN 5.

Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 5

Vlan      Forwarded        Dropped     DHCP Drops      ACL Drops

 ----      ---------        -------     ----------      ---------

    5              3           4618           4605              4

 Vlan   DHCP Permits    ACL Permits   Source MAC Failures

 ----   ------------    -----------   -------------------

    5              0             12                     0

 Vlan   Dest MAC Failures   IP Validation Failures      Invalid Protocol Data

 ----   -----------------   ----------------------      ---------------------

    5                   0                        9                          3

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection vlan 5 command. It shows the configuration and the operating state of dynamic ARP inspection for VLAN 5.

Switch# show ip arp inspection vlan 5

Source Mac Validation      :Enabled

Destination Mac Validation :Enabled

IP Address Validation      :Enabled

 Vlan     Configuration    Operation   ACL Match          Static ACL

 ----     -------------    ---------   ---------          ----------

    5     Enabled          Active      second             No

 Vlan     ACL Logging      DHCP Logging

 ----     -----------      ------------

    5     Acl-Match        All

Related Commands

Command	Description
arp access-list	Defines an ARP ACL.
clear ip arp inspection log	Clears the dynamic ARP inspection log buffer.
clear ip arp inspection statistics	Clears the dynamic ARP inspection statistics.
ip arp inspection log-buffer	Configures the dynamic ARP inspection logging buffer.
ip arp inspection vlan logging	Controls the type of packets that are logged per VLAN.
show arp access-list	Displays detailed information about ARP access lists.

show ip dhcp snooping

Use the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping configuration.

show ip dhcp snooping [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEE	The command output was updated to show the global suboption configuration.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

This command displays only the results of global configuration. Therefore, in this example, the circuit ID suboption appears in its default format of vlan-mod-port, even if a string is configured for the circuit ID.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping command:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping

Switch DHCP snooping is enabled

DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:

40-42

Insertion of option 82 is enabled

	circuit-id format: vlan-mod-port

	remote-id format: string

Option 82 on untrusted port is allowed 

Verification of hwaddr field is enabled

Interface                    Trusted     Rate limit (pps)

------------------------     -------     ----------------

GigabitEthernet1/0/1             yes         unlimited

GigabitEthernet1/0/2             yes         unlimited

GigabitEthernet2/0/3             no          2000 

GigabitEthernet2/0/4             yes         unlimited

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ip dhcp snooping binding	Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.

show ip dhcp snooping binding

Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping binding database and configuration information for all interfaces on a switch.

show ip dhcp snooping binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

ip-address	(Optional) Specify the binding entry IP address.
mac-address	(Optional) Specify the binding entry MAC address.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Specify the binding input interface.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify the binding entry VLAN.
| begin	Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	This command was introduced.
12.2(18)SE	The dynamic and static keywords were removed.

Usage Guidelines

The show ip dhcp snooping binding command output shows only the dynamically configured bindings. Use the show ip source binding privileged EXEC command to display the dynamically and statically configured bindings in the DHCP snooping binding database.

If DHCP snooping is enabled and an interface changes to the down state, the switch does not delete the statically configured bindings.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a switch:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

------------------  ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

01:02:03:04:05:06   10.1.2.150       9837        dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/1

00:D0:B7:1B:35:DE   10.1.2.151       237         dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Total number of bindings: 2

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific IP address:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 10.1.2.150

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

------------------  ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

01:02:03:04:05:06   10.1.2.150       9810        dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/1

Total number of bindings: 1

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific MAC address:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 0102.0304.0506

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

------------------  ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

01:02:03:04:05:06   10.1.2.150       9788        dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Total number of bindings: 1

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on a port:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding interface gigabitethernet2/0/2

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

------------------  ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

00:30:94:C2:EF:35   10.1.2.151       290         dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Total number of bindings: 1

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on VLAN 20:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding vlan 20

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

------------------  ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

01:02:03:04:05:06   10.1.2.150       9747        dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/1

00:00:00:00:00:02   10.1.2.151       65          dhcp-snooping  20    GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Total number of bindings: 2

Table 2-25 describes the fields in the show ip dhcp snooping binding command output:

Table 2-25 show ip dhcp snooping binding Command Output 

Field	Description
MacAddress	Client hardware MAC address
IpAddress	Client IP address assigned from the DHCP server
Lease(sec)	Remaining lease time for the IP address
Type	Binding type
VLAN	VLAN number of the client interface
Interface	Interface that connects to the DHCP client host
Total number of bindings	Total number of bindings configured on the switch Note The command output might not show the total number of bindings. For example, if 200 bindings are configured on the switch and you stop the display before all the bindings appear, the total number does not change.

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip dhcp snooping binding	Configures the DHCP snooping binding database
show ip dhcp snooping	Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.

show ip dhcp snooping database

Use the show ip dhcp snooping database user EXEC command to display the status of the DHCP snooping binding database agent.

show ip dhcp snooping database [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Display detailed status and statistics information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database command:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping database

Agent URL : 

Write delay Timer : 300 seconds

Abort Timer : 300 seconds

Agent Running : No

Delay Timer Expiry : Not Running

Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running

Last Succeded Time : None

Last Failed Time : None

Last Failed Reason : No failure recorded.

Total Attempts       :        0   Startup Failures :        0

Successful Transfers :        0   Failed Transfers :        0

Successful Reads     :        0   Failed Reads     :        0

Successful Writes    :        0   Failed Writes    :        0

Media Failures       :        0

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database detail command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database detail 

Agent URL : tftp://10.1.1.1/directory/file

Write delay Timer : 300 seconds

Abort Timer : 300 seconds

Agent Running : No

Delay Timer Expiry : 7 (00:00:07)

Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running

Last Succeded Time : None

Last Failed Time : 17:14:25 UTC Sat Jul 7 2001

Last Failed Reason : Unable to access URL.

Total Attempts       :       21   Startup Failures :        0

Successful Transfers :        0   Failed Transfers :       21

Successful Reads     :        0   Failed Reads     :        0

Successful Writes    :        0   Failed Writes    :       21

Media Failures       :        0

First successful access: Read

Last ignored bindings counters :

Binding Collisions    :        0   Expired leases    :        0

Invalid interfaces    :        0   Unsupported vlans :        0

Parse failures        :        0

Last Ignored Time : None

Total ignored bindings counters:

Binding Collisions    :        0   Expired leases    :        0

Invalid interfaces    :        0   Unsupported vlans :        0

Parse failures        :        0

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip dhcp snooping	Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping database	Configures the DHCP snooping binding database agent or the binding file.
show ip dhcp snooping	Displays DHCP snooping information.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

Use the show ip dhcp snooping statistics user EXEC command to display DHCP snooping statistics in summary or detail form.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

detail	(Optional) Display detailed statistics information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(37)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

In a switch stack, all statistics are generated on the stack master. If a new stack master is elected, the statistics counters reset.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping statistics

 Packets Forwarded                                     = 0

 Packets Dropped                                       = 0

 Packets Dropped From untrusted ports                  = 0

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail command:

Switch> show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail

 Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping                    = 0

 Packets Dropped Because

   IDB not known                                       = 0

   Queue full                                          = 0

   Interface is in errdisabled                         = 0

   Rate limit exceeded                                 = 0

   Received on untrusted ports                         = 0

   Nonzero giaddr                                      = 0

   Source mac not equal to chaddr                      = 0

   Binding mismatch                                    = 0

   Insertion of opt82 fail                             = 0

   Interface Down                                      = 0

   Unknown output interface                            = 0

   Reply output port equal to input port               = 0

   Packet denied by platform                           = 0

Table 2-26 DHCP Snooping Statistics 

DHCP Snooping Statistic	Description
Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping	Total number of packets handled by DHCP snooping, including forwarded and dropped packets.
Packets Dropped Because IDB not known	Number of errors when the input interface of the packet cannot be determined.
Queue full	Number of errors when an internal queue used to process the packets is full. This might happen if DHCP packets are received at an excessively high rate and rate limiting is not enabled on the ingress ports.
Interface is in errdisabled	Number of times a packet was received on a port that has been marked as error disabled. This might happen if packets are in the processing queue when a port is put into the error-disabled state and those packets are subsequently processed.
Rate limit exceeded	Number of times the rate limit configured on the port was exceeded and the interface was put into the error-disabled state.
Received on untrusted ports	Number of times a DHCP server packet (OFFER, ACK, NAK, or LEASEQUERY) was received on an untrusted port and was dropped.
Nonzero giaddr	Number of times the relay agent address field (giaddr) in the DHCP packet received on an untrusted port was not zero, or the no ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted global configuration command is not configured and a packet received on an untrusted port contained option-82 data.
Source mac not equal to chaddr	Number of times the client MAC address field of the DHCP packet (chaddr) does not match the packet source MAC address and the ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address global configuration command is configured.
Binding mismatch	Number of times a RELEASE or DECLINE packet was received on a port that is different than the port in the binding for that MAC address-VLAN pair. This indicates someone might be trying to spoof the real client, or it could mean that the client has moved to another port on the switch and issued a RELEASE or DECLINE. The MAC address is taken from the chaddr field of the DHCP packet, not the source MAC address in the Ethernet header.
Insertion of opt82 fail	Number of times the option-82 insertion into a packet failed. The insertion might fail if the packet with the option-82 data exceeds the size of a single physical packet on the internet.
Interface Down	Number of times the packet is a reply to the DHCP relay agent, but the SVI interface for the relay agent is down. This is an unlikely error that occurs if the SVI goes down between sending the client request to the DHCP server and receiving the response.
Unknown output interface	Number of times the output interface for a DHCP reply packet cannot be determined by either option-82 data or a lookup in the MAC address table. The packet is dropped. This can happen if option 82 is not used and the client MAC address has aged out. If IPSG is enabled with the port-security option and option 82 is not enabled, the MAC address of the client is not learned, and the reply packets will be dropped.
Reply output port equal to input port	Number of times the output port for a DHCP reply packet is the same as the input port, causing a possible loop. Indicates a possible network misconfiguration or misuse of trust settings on ports.
Packet denied by platform	Number of times the packet has been denied by a platform-specific registry.

Table 2-26 shows the DHCP snooping statistics and their descriptions:

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear ip dhcp snooping	Clears the DHCP snooping binding database, the DHCP snooping binding database agent statistics, or the DHCP snooping statistics counters.

show ip igmp profile

Use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command to display all configured Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profiles or a specified IGMP profile.

show ip igmp profile [profile number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

profile number	(Optional) The IGMP profile number to be displayed. The range is 1 to 4294967295. If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

These are examples of output from the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command, with and without specifying a profile number. If no profile number is entered, the display includes all profiles configured on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp profile 40

IGMP Profile 40

    permit

    range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255

Switch# show ip igmp profile

IGMP Profile 3

    range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0

IGMP Profile 4

    permit

    range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip igmp profile	Configures the specified IGMP profile number.

show ip igmp snooping

Use the show ip igmp snooping user EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping [groups | mrouter | querier] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

groups	(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping groups command.
mrouter	(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.
querier	(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping querier command.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The querier keyword was added.
12.2(18)SE	The groups keyword was added. The show ip igmp snooping groups command replaced the show ip igmp snooping multicast command.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping vlan 1 command. It shows snooping characteristics for a specific VLAN.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 1

Global IGMP Snooping configuration:

-----------------------------------

IGMP snooping             :Enabled

IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) :Enabled

Report suppression        :Enabled

TCN solicit query         :Disabled

TCN flood query count     :2

Last member query interval : 100

Vlan 1:

--------

IGMP snooping                       :Enabled

Immediate leave                     :Disabled

Multicast router learning mode      :pim-dvmrp

Source only learning age timer      :10

CGMP interoperability mode          :IGMP_ONLY

Last member query interval : 100

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.

Switch> show ip igmp snooping 

Global IGMP Snooping configuration:

-----------------------------------

IGMP snooping              : Enabled

IGMPv3 snooping (minimal)  : Enabled

Report suppression         : Enabled

TCN solicit query          : Disabled

TCN flood query count      : 2

Last member query interval : 100

Vlan 1:

--------

IGMP snooping                       :Enabled

Immediate leave                     :Disabled

Multicast router learning mode      :pim-dvmrp

Source only learning age timer      :10

CGMP interoperability mode          :IGMP_ONLY

Last member query interval          : 100

Vlan 2:

--------

IGMP snooping                       :Enabled

Immediate leave                     :Disabled

Multicast router learning mode      :pim-dvmrp

Source only learning age timer      :10

CGMP interoperability mode          :IGMP_ONLY

Last member query interval          : 333

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip igmp snooping	Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval	Enables the IGMP snooping configurable-leave timer.
ip igmp snooping querier	Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.
ip igmp snooping report-suppression	Enables IGMP report suppression.
ip igmp snooping tcn	Configures the IGMP topology change notification behavior.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood	Specifies multicast flooding as the IGMP spanning-tree topology change notification behavior.
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave	Enables IGMP snooping immediate-leave processing on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter	Adds a multicast router port or configures the multicast learning method.
ip igmp snooping vlan static	Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.
show ip igmp snooping groups	Displays the IGMP snooping multicast table for the switch.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter	Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping querier	Displays the configuration and operation information for the IGMP querier configured on a switch.

show ip igmp snooping groups

Use the show ip igmp snooping groups privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table for the switch or the multicast information. Use with the vlan keyword to display the multicast table for a specified multicast VLAN or specific multicast information.

show ip igmp snooping groups [count | dynamic [count] | user [count]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id [ip_address | count | dynamic [count] | user [count]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

count	(Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command options instead of the actual entries.
dynamic	(Optional) Display entries learned by IGMP snooping.
user	Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.
ip_address	(Optional) Display characteristics of the multicast group with the specified group IP address.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(18)SE	This command was introduced. It replaced the show ip igmp snooping multicast command.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display multicast information or the multicast table.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups command without any keywords. It displays the multicast table for the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups

Vlan      Group          Type        Version     Port List

-------------------------------------------------------------

1         224.1.4.4      igmp                    Fa1/0/11

1         224.1.4.5      igmp                    Fa1/0/11

2         224.0.1.40     igmp        v2          Fa1/0/15

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups count command. It displays the total number of multicast groups on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups count

Total number of multicast groups: 2

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups dynamic command. It shows only the entries learned by IGMP snooping.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 1 dynamic

Vlan      Group          Type        Version     Port List

-------------------------------------------------------------

104       224.1.4.2      igmp        v2          Gi2/0/1, Fa1/0/15

104       224.1.4.3      igmp        v2          Gi2/0/1, Fa1/0/15

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id ip-address command. It shows the entries for the group with the specified IP address.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 104 224.1.4.2

Vlan      Group          Type        Version     Port List

-------------------------------------------------------------

104       224.1.4.2      igmp        v2          Gi2/0/1, Fa1/0/15

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip igmp snooping	Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter	Configures a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static	Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.
show ip igmp snooping	Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter	Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter

Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping dynamically learned and manually configured multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display multicast router ports on the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

When multicast VLAN registration (MVR) is enabled, the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command displays MVR multicast router information and IGMP snooping information.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command. It shows how to display multicast router ports on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping mrouter

Vlan    ports

----    -----

   1    Gi2/0/1(dynamic)

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip igmp snooping	Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter	Adds a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static	Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.
show ip igmp snooping	Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN
show ip igmp snooping groups	Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or for the specified parameter.

show ip igmp snooping querier

Use the show ip igmp snooping querier detail user EXEC command to display the configuration and operation information for the IGMP querier configured on a switch.

show ip igmp snooping querier [detail | vlan vlan-id [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

detail	Optional) Display detailed IGMP querier information.
vlan vlan-id [detail]	Optional) Display IGMP querier information for the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. Use the detail keyword to display detailed information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SEA	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show ip igmp snooping querier command to display the IGMP version and the IP address of a detected device, also called a querier, that sends IGMP query messages. A subnet can have multiple multicast routers but has only one IGMP querier. In a subnet running IGMPv2, one of the multicast routers is elected as the querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.

The show ip igmp snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and the interface on which the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.

The show ip igmp snooping querier detail user EXEC command is similar to the show ip igmp snooping querier command. However, the show ip igmp snooping querier command displays only the device IP address most recently detected by the switch querier.

The show ip igmp snooping querier detail command displays the device IP address most recently detected by the switch querier and this additional information:

•The elected IGMP querier in the VLAN

•The configuration and operational information pertaining to the switch querier (if any) that is configured in the VLAN

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier command:

Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier

Vlan      IP Address     IGMP Version        Port

---------------------------------------------------

1         172.20.50.11   v3                  Gi1/0/1

2         172.20.40.20   v2                  Router

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command:

Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier detail

Vlan      IP Address     IGMP Version   Port

-------------------------------------------------------------

1         1.1.1.1        v2             Fa8/0/1 

Global IGMP switch querier status

--------------------------------------------------------

admin state                    : Enabled

admin version                  : 2

source IP address              : 0.0.0.0        

query-interval (sec)           : 60

max-response-time (sec)        : 10

querier-timeout (sec)          : 120

tcn query count                : 2

tcn query interval (sec)       : 10

Vlan 1:   IGMP switch querier status

--------------------------------------------------------

elected querier is 1.1.1.1         on port Fa8/0/1

--------------------------------------------------------

admin state                    : Enabled

admin version                  : 2

source IP address              : 10.1.1.65      

query-interval (sec)           : 60

max-response-time (sec)        : 10

querier-timeout (sec)          : 120

tcn query count                : 2

tcn query interval (sec)       : 10

operational state              : Non-Querier

operational version            : 2

tcn query pending count        : 0

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip igmp snooping	Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping querier	Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.
show ip igmp snooping	Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip source binding

Use the show ip source binding user EXEC command to display the IP source bindings on the switch.

show ip source binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [dhcp-snooping | static] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

ip-address	(Optional) Display IP source bindings for a specific IP address.
mac-address	(Optional) Display IP source bindings for a specific MAC address.
dhcp-snooping	(Optional) Display IP source bindings that were learned by DHCP snooping.
static	(Optional) Display static IP source bindings.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Display IP source bindings on a specific interface.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display IP source bindings on a specific VLAN.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show ip source binding command output shows the dynamically and statically configured bindings in the DHCP snooping binding database. Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding privileged EXEC command to display only the dynamically configured bindings.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip source binding command:

Switch> show ip source binding

MacAddress          IpAddress        Lease(sec)  Type           VLAN  Interface

--------------      ---------------  ----------  -------------  ----  --------------------

00:00:00:0A:00:0B   11.0.0.1         infinite    static         10    GigabitEthernet1/0/1

00:00:00:0A:00:0A   11.0.0.2         10000       dhcp-snooping  10    GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip dhcp snooping binding	Configures the DHCP snooping binding database.
ip source binding	Configures static IP source bindings on the switch.

show ip verify source

Use the show ip verify source user EXEC command to display the IP source guard configuration on the switch or on a specific interface.

show ip verify source [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Display IP source guard configuration on a specific interface.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(20)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip verify source command:

Switch> show ip verify source

Interface  Filter-type  Filter-mode  IP-address       Mac-address     Vlan

---------  -----------  -----------  ---------------  --------------  ---------

gi1/0/1      ip           active       10.0.0.1                         10

gi1/0/1      ip           active       deny-all                         11-20

gi1/0/2      ip           inactive-trust-port

gi1/0/3      ip           inactive-no-snooping-vlan

gi1/0/4      ip-mac       active       10.0.0.2         aaaa.bbbb.cccc  10

gi1/0/4      ip-mac       active       11.0.0.1         aaaa.bbbb.cccd  11

gi1/0/4      ip-mac       active       deny-all         deny-all        12-20

gi1/0/5      ip-mac       active       10.0.0.3         permit-all      10

gi1/0/5      ip-mac       active       deny-all         permit-all      11-20

In the previous example, this is the IP source guard configuration:

•On the Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/1 interface, DHCP snooping is enabled on VLANs 10 to 20. For VLAN 10, IP source guard with IP address filtering is configured on the interface, and a binding exists on the interface. For VLANs 11 to 20, the second entry shows that a default port access control lists (ACLs) is applied on the interface for the VLANs on which IP source guard is not configured.

•The Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/2 interface is configured as trusted for DHCP snooping.

•On the Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/3 interface, DHCP snooping is not enabled on the VLANs to which the interface belongs.

•On the Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/4 interface, IP source guard with source IP and MAC address filtering is enabled, and static IP source bindings are configured on VLANs 10 and 11. For VLANs 12 to 20, the default port ACL is applied on the interface for the VLANs on which IP source guard is not configured.

•On the Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/5 interface, IP source guard with source IP and MAC address filtering is enabled and configured with a static IP binding, but port security is disabled. The switch cannot filter source MAC addresses.

This is an example of output on an interface on which IP source guard is disabled:

Switch> show ip verify source gigabitethernet1/0/6

IP source guard is not configured on the interface gi1/0/6.

Related Commands

Command	Description
ip verify source	Enables IP source guard on an interface.

show ipc

Use the show ipc user EXEC command to display Interprocess Communications Protocol (IPC) configuration, status, and statistics on a switch stack or a standalone switch.

show ipc {mcast {appclass | groups | status} | nodes | ports [open] | queue | rpc | session {all | rx | tx} [verbose] | status [cumlulative] | zones} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

mcast {appclass | groups | status}	Display the IPC multicast routing information. The keywords have these meanings: •appclass—Display the IPC multicast application classes. •groups—Display the IPC multicast groups. •status—Display the IPC multicast routing status.
nodes	Display participating nodes.
ports [open]	Display local IPC ports. The keyword has this meaning: •open—(Optional) Display only the open ports.
queue	Display the contents of the IPC transmission queue.
rpc	Display the IPC remote-procedure statistics.
session {all | rx | tx}	Display the IPC session statistics (available only in privileged EXEC mode). The keywords have these meanings: •all—Display all the session statistics. •rx—Display the sessions statistics for traffic that the switch receives •tx—Display the sessions statistics for traffic that the switch forwards.
verbose	(Optional) Display detailed statistics (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
status [cumlulative]	Display the status of the local IPC server. The keyword has this meaning: •cumlulative—(Optional) Display the status of the local IPC server since the switch was started or restarted.
zones	Display the participating IPC zones. The switch supports a single IPC zone.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(18)SE	The mcast {appclass | groups | status}, rpc, session {all | rx | tx} [verbose], and cumulative keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IPC routing status:

Switch> show ipc mcast status

                           IPC Mcast Status

                                                        Tx        Rx

 Total Frames                                           0         0

 Total control Frames                                   0         0

 Total Frames dropped                                   0         0

 Total control Frames dropped                           0         0

 Total Reliable messages                                0         0

 Total Reliable messages acknowledged                   0         0

 Total Out of Band Messages                             0         0

 Total Out of Band messages acknowledged                0         0

 Total No Mcast groups                                  0         0

 Total Retries                    0  Total Timeouts                     0

 Total OOB Retries                0  Total OOB Timeouts                 0

 Total flushes                    0  Total No ports                     0

This example shows how to display the participating nodes:

Switch> show ipc nodes

There is 1 node in this IPC realm.

   ID    Type       Name           Last  Last

                                   Sent  Heard

   10000 Local      IPC Master     0      0

This example shows how to display the local IPC ports:

Switch> show ipc ports

There are 8 ports defined.

Port ID        Type       Name                    (current/peak/total)

There are 8 ports defined.

   10000.1     unicast    IPC Master:Zone

   10000.2     unicast    IPC Master:Echo

   10000.3     unicast    IPC Master:Control

   10000.4     unicast    IPC Master:Init

   10000.5     unicast    FIB Master:DFS.process_level.msgs

   10000.6     unicast    FIB Master:DFS.interrupt.msgs

   10000.7     unicast    MDFS RP:Statistics

     port_index = 0  seat_id = 0x10000    last sent = 0     last heard = 0

  0/2/159

   10000.8     unicast    Slot 1 :MDFS.control.RIL

     port_index = 0  seat_id = 0x10000    last sent = 0     last heard = 0

  0/0/0

RPC packets:current/peak/total

                                                            0/1/4

This example shows how to display the contents of the IPC retransmission queue:

Switch> show ipc queue

There are 0 IPC messages waiting for acknowledgement in the transmit queue.

There are 0 IPC messages waiting for a response.

There are 0 IPC messages waiting for additional fragments.

There are 0 IPC messages currently on the IPC inboundQ.

Messages currently in use                     :         3

Message cache size                            :      1000

Maximum message cache usage                   :      1000

0  times message cache crossed       5000 [max]

Emergency messages currently in use           :         0

There are 2 messages currently reserved for reply msg.

Inbound message queue depth 0

Zone inbound message queue depth 0

This example shows how to display all the IPC session statistics:

Switch# show ipc session all

Tx Sessions:

Port ID        Type       Name

   10000.7     Unicast    MDFS RP:Statistics

     port_index = 0  type = Unreliable      last sent = 0     last heard = 0

     Msgs requested = 180  Msgs returned = 180

   10000.8     Unicast    Slot 1 :MDFS.control.RIL

     port_index = 0  type = Reliable        last sent = 0     last heard = 0

     Msgs requested = 0    Msgs returned = 0

Rx Sessions:

Port ID        Type       Name

   10000.7     Unicast    MDFS RP:Statistics

     port_index = 0  seat_id = 0x10000    last sent = 0     last heard = 0

     No of msgs requested = 180   Msgs returned = 180

   10000.8     Unicast    Slot 1 :MDFS.control.RIL

     port_index = 0  seat_id = 0x10000    last sent = 0     last heard = 0

     No of msgs requested = 0     Msgs returned = 0

This example shows how to display the status of the local IPC server:

Switch> show ipc status cumulative

                         IPC System Status

 Time last IPC stat cleared :never

 This processor is the IPC master server.

 Do not drop output of IPC frames for test purposes.

 1000 IPC Message Headers Cached.

                                                    Rx Side     Tx Side

 Total Frames                                            12916         608

     0          0

 Total from Local Ports                                  13080         574

 Total Protocol Control Frames                             116          17

 Total Frames Dropped                                        0           0

                             Service Usage

 Total via Unreliable Connection-Less Service            12783         171

 Total via Unreliable Sequenced Connection-Less Svc          0           0

 Total via Reliable Connection-Oriented Service             17         116

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear ipc	Clears the IPC multicast routing statistics.

show ipv6 access-list

Use the show ipv6 access-list user EXEC command to display the contents of all current IPv6 access lists.

show ipv6 access-list [access-list-name]

---

Note This command is available only if the switch stack is running the advanced IP services image and you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

access-list-name

(Optional) Name of access list.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show ipv6 access-list command provides output similar to the show ip access-list command, except that it is IPv6-specific.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan) global configuration command and reload the switch.

Examples

The following output from the show ipv6 access-list command shows IPv6 access lists named inbound and outbound:

Router# show ipv6 access-list

IPv6 access list inbound

    permit tcp any any eq bgp (8 matches) sequence 10

    permit tcp any any eq telnet (15 matches) sequence 20

    permit udp any any sequence 30

Table 2-27 describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 2-27 show ipv6 access-list Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
IPv6 access list inbound	Name of the IPv6 access list, for example, inbound.
permit	Permits any packet that matches the specified protocol type.
tcp	Transmission Control Protocol. The higher-level (Layer 4) protocol type that the packet must match.
any	Equal to ::/0.
eq	An equal operand that compares the source or destination ports of TCP or UDP packets.
bgp (matches)	Border Gateway Protocol. The protocol type that the packet is equal to and the number of matches.
sequence 10	Sequence in which an incoming packet is compared to lines in an access list. Access list lines are ordered from first priority (lowest number, for example, 10) to last priority (highest number, for example, 80).

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear ipv6 access-list	Resets the IPv6 access list match counters.
ipv6 access-list	Defines an IPv6 access list and puts the switch into IPv6 access-list configuration mode.
sdm prefer	Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 dhcp conflict

Use the show ipv6 dhcp conflict privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to display address conflicts found by a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) server when addresses are offered to the client.

show ipv6 dhcp conflict

---

Note This command is available only if the switch stack is running the advanced IP services image and you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(46)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan) global configuration command, and reload the switch.

When you configure the DHCPv6 server to detect conflicts, it uses ping. The client uses neighbor discovery to detect clients and reports to the server through a DECLINE message. If an address conflict is detected, the address is removed from the pool, and the address is not assigned until the administrator removes the address from the conflict list.

Examples

This is an example of the output from the show ipv6 dhcp conflict command:

Switch# show ipv6 dhcp conflict

Pool 350, prefix 2001:1005::/48

	    2001:1005::10

Related Commands

Command	Description
ipv6 dhcp pool	Configures a DHCPv6 pool and enters DHCPv6 pool configuration mode.
clear ipv6 dhcp conflict	Clears an address conflict from the DHCPv6 server database.

show ipv6 mld snooping

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping user EXEC command to display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

---

Note This command is available only if you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display MLD snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan} global configuration command and reload the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping vlan command. It shows snooping characteristics for a specific VLAN.

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping vlan 100

Global MLD Snooping configuration:

-------------------------------------------

MLD snooping                  : Enabled

MLDv2 snooping (minimal)      : Enabled

Listener message suppression  : Enabled

TCN solicit query             : Disabled

TCN flood query count         : 2

Robustness variable           : 3

Last listener query count     : 2

Last listener query interval  : 1000

Vlan 100:

--------

MLD snooping                        : Disabled

MLDv1 immediate leave               : Disabled

Explicit host tracking              : Enabled

Multicast router learning mode      : pim-dvmrp

Robustness variable                 : 3

Last listener query count           : 2

Last listener query interval        : 1000

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping

Global MLD Snooping configuration:

-------------------------------------------

MLD snooping                  : Enabled

MLDv2 snooping (minimal)      : Enabled

Listener message suppression  : Enabled

TCN solicit query             : Disabled

TCN flood query count         : 2

Robustness variable           : 3

Last listener query count     : 2

Last listener query interval  : 1000

Vlan 1:

--------

MLD snooping                        : Disabled

MLDv1 immediate leave               : Disabled

Explicit host tracking              : Enabled

Multicast router learning mode      : pim-dvmrp

Robustness variable                 : 1

Last listener query count           : 2

Last listener query interval        : 1000

<output truncated>

Vlan 951:

--------

MLD snooping                        : Disabled

MLDv1 immediate leave               : Disabled

Explicit host tracking              : Enabled

Multicast router learning mode      : pim-dvmrp

Robustness variable                 : 3

Last listener query count           : 2

Last listener query interval        : 1000

Related Commands

Command	Description
ipv6 mld snooping	Enables and configures MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
sdm prefer	Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping address

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping address user EXEC command to display all or specified IP version 6 (IPv6) multicast address information maintained by Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping.

show ipv6 mld snooping address [[vlan vlan-id] [ipv6 address]] [vlan vlan-id] [count | dynamic | user] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

---

Note This command is available only if you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN about which to show MLD snooping multicast address information. The VLAN ID range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
ipv6-multicast-address	(Optional) Display information about the specified IPv6 multicast address. This keyword is only available when a VLAN ID is entered.
count	(Optional) Display the number of multicast groups on the switch or in the specified VLAN.
dynamic	(Optional) Display MLD snooping learned group information.
user	(Optional) Display MLD snooping user-configured group information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display IPv6 multicast address information.

You can enter an IPv6 multicast address only after you enter a VLAN ID.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

Use the dynamic keyword to display information only about groups that are learned. Use the user keyword to display information only about groups that have been configured.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan} global configuration command and reload the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show snooping address user EXEC command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping address

Vlan Group   Type Version Port List

-------------------------------------------------------------

2    FF12::3 user         Fa1/0/2, Gi2/0/2, Gi3/0/1,Gi3/0/3

This is an example of output from the show snooping address count user EXEC command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping address count

Total number of multicast groups: 2

This is an example of output from the show snooping address user user EXEC command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping address user

Vlan Group  Type Version Port List

-------------------------------------------------------------

2    FF12::3 user  v2    Fa1/0/2, Gi2/0/2, Gi3/0/1,Gi4/0/3

Related Commands

Command	Description
ipv6 mld snooping vlan	Configures IPv6 MLD snooping on a VLAN.
sdm prefer	Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter user EXEC command to display dynamically learned and manually configured IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) router ports for the switch or a VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

---

Note This command is available only if you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display MLD snooping router ports for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6

default | vlan) global configuration command and reload the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch that are participating in MLD snooping.

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter

Vlan    ports

----    -----

   2    Gi1/0/11(dynamic)

  72    Gi1/0/11(dynamic)

 200    Gi1/0/11(dynamic)

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan command. It shows multicast router ports for a specific VLAN.

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan 100

Vlan    ports

----    -----

   2    Gi1/0/11(dynamic)

Related Commands

Command	Description
ipv6 mld snooping	Enables and configures MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter interface interface-id | static ipv6-multicast-address interface interface-id]	Configures multicast router ports for a VLAN.
sdm prefer	Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping querier

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier user EXEC command to display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping querier-related information most recently received by the switch or the VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

---

Note This command is available only if you have configured a dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template on the switch.

---

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
detail	(Optional) Display MLD snooping detailed querier information for the switch or for the VLAN.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command to display the MLD version and IPv6 address of a detected device that sends MLD query messages, which is also called a querier. A subnet can have multiple multicast routers but has only one MLD querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.

The show ipv6 mld snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and interface on which the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.

The output of the show ipv6 mld snoop querier vlan command displays the information received in response to a query message from an external or internal querier. It does not display user-configured VLAN values, such as the snooping robustness variable on the particular VLAN. This querier information is used only on the MASQ message that is sent by the switch. It does not override the user-configured robustness variable that is used for aging out a member that does not respond to query messages.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan) global configuration command and reload the switch.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping querier

Vlan      IP Address               MLD Version Port

-------------------------------------------------------------

2         FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 v1          Gi3/0/1

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail

Vlan      IP Address               MLD Version Port

-------------------------------------------------------------

2        FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 v1           Gi3/0/1

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan command:

Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2

IP address : FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 

MLD version : v1

Port : Gi3/0/1

Max response time : 1000s

Related Commands

Command	Description
ipv6 mld snooping	Enables and configures IPv6 MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener-query-count	Configures the maximum number of queries that the switch sends before aging out an MLD client.
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener-query-interval	Configures the maximum response time after sending out a query that the switch waits before deleting a port from the multicast group.
ipv6 mld snooping robustness-variable	Configures the maximum number of queries that the switch sends before aging out a multicast address when there is no response.
sdm prefer	Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.
ipv6 mld snooping	Enables and configures IPv6 MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

show ipv6 route updated

Use the show ipv6 route updated command in user EXEC command to display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

show ipv6 route [protocol] updated [boot-up]{hh:mm | day{month [hh:mm]} [{hh:mm | day{month [hh:mm]}] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

protocol	(Optional) Displays routes for the specified routing protocol using any of these keywords: •bgp •isis •ospf •rip or displays routes for the specified type of route using any of these keywords: •connected •local •static •interface interface id
boot-up	Display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.
hh:mm	Enter the time as a 2-digit number for a 24-hour clock. Make sure to use the colons (:). For example, enter 13:32
day	Enter the day of the month. The range is from 1 to 31.
month	Enter the month in upper case or lower case letters. You can enter the full name of the month, such as January or august, or the first three letters of the month, such as jan or Aug.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(37)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show ipv6 route privileged EXEC command to display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 route updated rip command.

Switch> show ipv6 route rip updated

IPv6 Routing Table - 12 entries

Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S - Static, U - Per-user Static route

B - BGP, R - RIP, I1 - ISIS L1, I2 - ISIS L2

IA - ISIS interarea, IS - ISIS summary

O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF ext 1, OE2 - OSPF ext 2

ON1 - OSPF NSSA ext 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA ext 2

R 2001::/64 [120/2]

via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:8D01, GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Last updated 10:31:10 27 February 2007

R 2004::/64 [120/2]

via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007

R 4000::/64 [120/2]

via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet1/0/3

Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007

R 5000::/64 [120/2]

via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet1/0/4

Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007

R 5001::/64 [120/2]

via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet1/0/5

Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007

Related Commands

Command	Description
show ipv6 route	Displays the current contents of the IPv6 routing table. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Software > Command References for the Cisco IOS Software Releases 12.3 Mainline > Cisco IOS IPv6 Command Reference > IPv6 Commands: show ipv6 nat translations through show ipv6 protocols

show l2protocol-tunnel

Use the show l2protocol-tunnel user EXEC command to display information about Layer 2 protocol tunnel ports. Displays information for interfaces with protocol tunneling enabled.

show l2protocol-tunnel [interface interface-id] [summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Specify the interface for which protocol tunneling information appears. Valid interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port channel range is 1 to 48.
summary	(Optional) Display only Layer 2 protocol summary information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

After enabling Layer 2 protocol tunneling on an access or IEEE 802.1Q tunnel port by using the l2protocol-tunnel interface configuration command, you can configure some or all of these parameters:

•Protocol type to be tunneled

•Shutdown threshold

•Drop threshold

If you enter the show l2protocol-tunnel [interface interface-id] command, only information about the active ports on which all the parameters are configured appears.

If you enter the show l2protocol-tunnel summary command, only information about the active ports on which some or all of the parameters are configured appears.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show l2protocol-tunnel command:

Switch> show l2protocol-tunnel

COS for Encapsulated Packets: 5

Drop Threshold for Encapsulated Packets: 0

Port       Protocol Shutdown  Drop      Encapsulation Decapsulation Drop

                    Threshold Threshold Counter       Counter       Counter

---------- -------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -------------

Fa3/0/3    ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           pagp          ----      ----             0         242500

           lacp          ----      ----         24268         242640

           udld          ----      ----             0         897960

Fa3/0/4    ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           pagp          1000      ----         24249         242700

           lacp          ----      ----         24256         242660

           udld          ----      ----             0         897960

Gi6/0/3    cdp           ----      ----        134482        1344820

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           pagp          1000      ----             0         242500

           lacp           500      ----             0         485320

           udld           300      ----         44899         448980

Gi6/0/4    cdp           ----      ----        134482        1344820

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           ---           ----      ----          ----          ----          ----

           pagp          ----      1000             0         242700

           lacp          ----      ----             0         485220

           udld           300      ----         44899         448980

This is an example of output from the show l2protocol-tunnel summary command:

Switch> show l2protocol-tunnel summary

COS for Encapsulated Packets: 5

Drop Threshold for Encapsulated Packets: 0

Port    Protocol    Shutdown         Drop             Status

                    Threshold        Threshold

                    (cdp/stp/vtp)    (cdp/stp/vtp)

                    (pagp/lacp/udld) (pagp/lacp/udld)

------- ----------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------

Fa3/0/2  --- --- --- ----/----/----   ----/----/----   up

     pagp lacp udld ----/----/----   ----/----/----

Fa9/0/3  --- --- --- ----/----/----   ----/----/----   up

     pagp lacp udld 1000/----/----   ----/----/----

Fa9/0/4  --- --- --- ----/----/----   ----/----/----   up

     pagp lacp udld 1000/ 500/----   ----/----/----

Fa9/0/5  cdp stp vtp ----/----/----   ----/----/----   down

     ---- ---- ---- ----/----/----   ----/----/----

Gi4/0/1  --- --- --- ----/----/----   ----/----/----   down

     pagp ---- ---- ----/----/----   1000/----/----

Gi4/0/2  --- --- --- ----/----/----   ----/----/----   down

     pagp ---- ---- ----/----/----   1000/----/----

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear l2protocol-tunnel counters	Clears counters for protocol tunneling ports.
l2protocol-tunnel	Enables Layer 2 protocol tunneling for CDP, STP, or VTP packets on an interface.
l2protocol-tunnel cos	Configures a class of service (CoS) value for tunneled Layer 2 protocol packets.

show lacp

Use the show lacp user EXEC command to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) channel-group information.

show lacp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor | sys-id} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

channel-group-number	(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters	Display traffic information.
internal	Display internal information.
neighbor	Display neighbor information.
sys-id	Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP. The system identifier is made up of the LACP system priority and the switch MAC address.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE	The channel-group-number range was changed from 1 to 12 to 1 to 48.

Usage Guidelines

You can enter any show lacp command to display the active channel-group information. To display specific channel information, enter the show lacp command with a channel-group number.

If you do not specify a channel group, information for all channel groups appears.

You can enter the channel-group-number option to specify a channel group for all keywords except sys-id.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show lacp counters user EXEC command. Table 2-28 describes the fields in the display.

Switch> show lacp counters

               LACPDUs         Marker      Marker Response    LACPDUs

Port         Sent   Recv     Sent   Recv     Sent   Recv      Pkts Err

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Channel group:1

Gi2/0/1      19     10       0      0        0      0         0     

Gi2/0/2      14     6        0      0        0      0         0     

Table 2-28 show lacp counters Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
LACPDUs Sent and Recv	The number of LACP packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Sent and Recv	The number of LACP marker packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Response Sent and Recv	The number of LACP marker response packets sent and received by a port.
LACPDUs Pkts and Err	The number of unknown and illegal packets received by LACP for a port.

This is an example of output from the show lacp internal command:

Switch> show lacp 1 internal 

Flags:  S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs

        F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs

        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode 

Channel group 1

                              LACP port     Admin     Oper    Port     Port

Port        Flags   State     Priority      Key       Key     Number   State

Gi2/0/1     SA      bndl      32768         0x3       0x3     0x4      0x3D  

Gi2/0/2     SA      bndl      32768         0x3       0x3     0x5      0x3D  

Table 2-29 describes the fields in the display:

Table 2-29 show lacp internal Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
State	State of the specific port. These are the allowed values: •- —Port is in an unknown state. •bndl—Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with other ports. •susp—Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any aggregator. •hot-sby—Port is in a hot-standby state. •indiv—Port is incapable of bundling with any other port. •indep—Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on the partner port). •down—Port is down.
LACP Port Priority	Port priority setting. LACP uses the port priority to put ports s in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Admin Key	Administrative key assigned to this port. LACP automatically generates an administrative key value as a hexadecimal number. The administrative key defines the ability of a port to aggregate with other ports. A port's ability to aggregate with other ports is determined by the port physical characteristics (for example, data rate and duplex capability) and configuration restrictions that you establish.
Oper Key	Runtime operational key that is being used by this port. LACP automatically generates this value as a hexadecimal number.
Port Number	Port number.
Port State	State variables for the port, encoded as individual bits within a single octet with these meanings: •bit0: LACP_Activity •bit1: LACP_Timeout •bit2: Aggregation •bit3: Synchronization •bit4: Collecting •bit5: Distributing •bit6: Defaulted •bit7: Expired Note In the list above, bit7 is the MSB and bit0 is the LSB.

This is an example of output from the show lacp neighbor command:

Switch> show lacp neighbor 

Flags:  S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs

        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode     

Channel group 3 neighbors

Partner's information:

          Partner               Partner                     Partner

Port      System ID             Port Number     Age         Flags

Gi2/0/1   32768,0007.eb49.5e80  0xC              19s        SP

          LACP Partner         Partner         Partner

          Port Priority        Oper Key        Port State

          32768                0x3             0x3C

Partner's information:

          Partner               Partner                     Partner

Port      System ID             Port Number     Age         Flags

Gi2/0/2   32768,0007.eb49.5e80  0xD              15s        SP

          LACP Partner         Partner         Partner

          Port Priority        Oper Key        Port State

          32768                0x3             0x3C

This is an example of output from the show lacp sys-id command:

Switch> show lacp sys-id 

32765,0002.4b29.3a00

The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address associated to the system.

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear lacp	Clears the LACP channel-group information.
lacp port-priority	Configures the LACP port priority.
lacp system-priority	Configures the LACP system priority.

show location

Use the show location user EXEC command to display location information for an endpoint.

show location admin-tag | [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show location civic-location {identifier id number | interface interface-id | static } | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show location elin-location {identifier id number | interface interface-id | static } | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

admin-tag	Display administrative tag or site information.
civic-location	Display civic location information.
elin-location	Display emergency location information (ELIN).
identifier id	Specify the ID for the civic location or the elin location. The id range is 1 to 4095.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Display location information for the specified interface or all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports.
static	Display static configuration information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show location command to display location information for an endpoint.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show location civic-location command that displays location information for an interface:

Switch> show location civic interface g2/0/1

Civic location information

--------------------------

Identifier              : 1

County                  : Santa Clara

Street number           : 3550

Building                : 19

Room                    : C6

Primary road name       : Cisco Way

City                    : San Jose

State                   : CA

Country                 : US

This is an example of output from the show location civic-location command that displays all the civic location information:

Switch> show location civic-location static

Civic location information

--------------------------

Identifier              : 1

County                  : Santa Clara

Street number           : 3550

Building                : 19

Room                    : C6

Primary road name       : Cisco Way

City                    : San Jose

State                   : CA

Country                 : US

Ports                   : Gi2/0/1 

--------------------------

Identifier              : 2

Street number           : 24568

Street number suffix    : West

Landmark                : Golden Gate Bridge

Primary road name       : 19th Ave

City                    : San Francisco

Country                 : US

--------------------------

This is an example of output from the show location elin-location command that displays the 
emergency location information:

Switch> show location elin-location identifier 1

Elin location information

--------------------------

Identifier : 1

Elin       : 14085553881

Ports      : Gi2/0/2 

This is an example of output from the show location elin static command that displays all emergency 
location information:

Switch> show location elin static 

Elin location information

--------------------------

Identifier : 1

Elin       : 14085553881

Ports      : Gi2/0/2 

--------------------------

Identifier : 2

Elin       : 18002228999

--------------------------

Related Commands

Command	Description
location (global configuration)	Configures the global location information for an endpoint.
location (interface configuration)	Configures the location information for an interface.

show link state group

Use the show link state group privileged EXEC command to display the link-state group information.

show link state group [number] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

number	(Optional) Number of the link-state group.
detail	(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Defaults

There is no default.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SEE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show link state group command to display the link-state group information. Enter this command without keywords to display information about all link-state groups. Enter the group number to display information specific to the group.

Enter the detail keyword to display detailed information about the group. The output for the show link state group detail command displays only those link-state groups that have link-state tracking enabled or that have upstream or downstream interfaces (or both) configured. If there is no link-state group configuration for a group, it is not shown as enabled or disabled.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show link state group 1 command:

Switch> show link state group 1

Link State Group: 1      Status: Enabled, Down

This is an example of output from the show link state group detail command:

Switch> show link state group detail

(Up):Interface up   (Dwn):Interface Down   (Dis):Interface disabled

Link State Group: 1 Status: Enabled, Down 
Upstream Interfaces : Gi1/0/15(Dwn) Gi1/0/16(Dwn) 
Downstream Interfaces : Gi1/0/11(Dis) Gi1/0/12(Dis) Gi1/0/13(Dis) Gi1/0/14(Dis)

Link State Group: 2 Status: Enabled, Down 
Upstream Interfaces : Gi1/0/15(Dwn) Gi1/0/16(Dwn) Gi1/0/17(Dwn) 
Downstream Interfaces : Gi1/0/11(Dis) Gi1/0/12(Dis) Gi1/0/13(Dis) Gi1/0/14(Dis)

(Up):Interface up (Dwn):Interface Down (Dis):Interface disabled

Related Commands

Command	Description
link state group	Configures an interface as a member of a link-state group.
link state track	Enables a link-state group.
show running-config	Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for Release 12.2 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.

show mac access-group

Use the show mac access-group user EXEC command to display the MAC access control lists (ACLs) configured for an interface or a switch.

show mac access-group [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Display the MAC ACLs configured on a specific interface. Valid interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port-channel range is 1 to 48 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac-access group user EXEC command. Port 2 has the MAC access list macl_e1 applied; no MAC ACLs are applied to other interfaces.

Switch> show mac access-group 

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1:

   Inbound access-list is not set

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2:

   Inbound access-list is macl_e1

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/3:

   Inbound access-list is not set

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/4:

   Inbound access-list is not set

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show mac access-group interface command:

Switch# show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1:

   Inbound access-list is macl_e1

Related Commands

Command	Description
mac access-group	Applies a MAC access group to an interface.

show mac address-table

Use the show mac address-table user EXEC command to display a specific MAC address table static and dynamic entry or the MAC address table static and dynamic entries on a specific interface or VLAN.

show mac address-table [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table command:

Switch> show mac address-table

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address       Type       Ports

----    -----------       ----       -----

 All    0000.0000.0001    STATIC     CPU

 All    0000.0000.0002    STATIC     CPU

 All    0000.0000.0003    STATIC     CPU

 All    0000.0000.0009    STATIC     CPU

 All    0000.0000.0012    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.000b    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.000c    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.000d    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.000e    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.000f    STATIC     CPU

 All    0180.c200.0010    STATIC     CPU

   1    0030.9441.6327    DYNAMIC    Gi6/0/4

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 12

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear mac address-table dynamic	Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table address

Use the show mac address-table address user EXEC command to display MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table address mac-address [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

mac-address	Specify the 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H.
interface interface-id	(Optional) Display information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display entries for the specific VLAN only. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table address command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table address command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table address command:

Switch# show mac address-table address 0002.4b28.c482

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address     Type    Ports

----    -----------     ----    -----

 All    0002.4b28.c482  STATIC  CPU

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 1 

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table aging-time

Use the show mac address-table aging-time user EXEC command to display the aging time of a specific address table instance, all address table instances on a specified VLAN or, if a specific VLAN is not specified, on all VLANs.

show mac address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display aging time information for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table aging-time command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table aging-time command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

If no VLAN number is specified, the aging time for all VLANs appears.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time command:

Switch> show mac address-table aging-time

Vlan    Aging Time

----    ----------

   1     300 

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10 command:

Switch> show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10

Vlan    Aging Time

----    ----------

  10     300 

Related Commands

Command	Description
mac address-table aging-time	Sets the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC address table after the entry is used or updated.
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Use the show mac address-table count user EXEC command to display the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display the number of addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table count command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table count command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

If no VLAN number is specified, the address count for all VLANs appears.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table count command:

Switch# show mac address-table count

Mac Entries for Vlan   : 1

---------------------------

Dynamic Address Count  : 2

Static  Address Count  : 0

Total Mac Addresses    : 2 

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Use the show mac address-table dynamic user EXEC command to display only dynamic MAC address table entries.

show mac address-table dynamic [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

address mac-address	(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H (available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id	(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table dynamic command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table dynamic command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table dynamic command:

Switch> show mac address-table dynamic

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address     Type    Ports

----    -----------     ----    -----

   1    0030.b635.7862  DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2

   1    00b0.6496.2741  DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2 

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear mac address-table dynamic	Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table interface

Use the show mac address-table interface user command to display the MAC address table information for the specified interface in the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table interface interface-id [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	Specify an interface type; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table interface command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table interface command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table interface command:

Switch> show mac address-table interface gigabitethernet6/0/2

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address     Type    Ports

----    -----------     ----    -----

   1    0030.b635.7862  DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2

   1    00b0.6496.2741  DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2 

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table learning

Use the show mac address-table learning user EXEC command to display the status of MAC address learning for all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table learning [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display information for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(46)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show mac address-table learning command without any keywords to display configured VLANs and whether MAC address learning is enabled or disabled on them. The default is that MAC address learning is enabled on all VLANs. Use the command with a specific VLAN ID to display the learning status on an individual VLAN.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table learning user EXEC command showing that MAC address learning is disabled on VLAN 200:

Switch> show mac address-table learning

VLAN    Learning Status

----    ---------------

1             yes

100           yes

200           no

Related Commands

Command	Description
mac address-table learning vlan	Enables or disables MAC address learning on a VLAN.

show mac address-table move update

Use the show mac address-table move update user EXEC command to display the MAC address-table move update information on the switch.

show mac address-table move update [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SED	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table move update command:

Switch> show mac address-table move update

Switch-ID : 010b.4630.1780

Dst mac-address : 0180.c200.0010

Vlans/Macs supported : 1023/8320

Default/Current settings: Rcv Off/On, Xmt Off/On

Max packets per min : Rcv 40, Xmt 60

Rcv packet count : 10

Rcv conforming packet count : 5

Rcv invalid packet count : 0

Rcv packet count this min : 0

Rcv threshold exceed count : 0

Rcv last sequence# this min : 0

Rcv last interface : Po2

Rcv last src-mac-address : 0003.fd6a.8701

Rcv last switch-ID : 0303.fd63.7600

Xmt packet count : 0

Xmt packet count this min : 0

Xmt threshold exceed count : 0

Xmt pak buf unavail cnt : 0

Xmt last interface : None

switch#

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear mac address-table move update	Clears the MAC address-table move update counters.
mac address-table move update {receive | transmit}	Configures MAC address-table move update on the switch.

show mac address-table notification

Use the show mac address-table notification user EXEC command to display the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification [interface [interface-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface	(Optional) Display information for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
interface-id	(Optional) Display information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table notification command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table notification command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Use the show mac address-table notification command without any keywords to display whether the feature is enabled or disabled, the MAC notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed in the history table, and the history table contents.

Use the interface keyword to display the flags for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the flags for that interface appear.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table notification command:

Switch> show mac address-table notification

MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch

Interval between Notification Traps : 60 secs

Number of MAC Addresses Added : 4

Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 4

Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3

Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 100

Current History Table Length : 3

MAC Notification Traps are Enabled

History Table contents

----------------------

History Index 0, Entry Timestamp 1032254, Despatch Timestamp 1032254

MAC Changed Message :

Operation: Added   Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0   Port: 1

History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 1038254, Despatch Timestamp 1038254

MAC Changed Message :

Operation: Added   Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0   Port: 1

Operation: Added   Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0   Port: 1

Operation: Added   Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0   Port: 1

History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 1074254, Despatch Timestamp 1074254

MAC Changed Message :

Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0   Port: 1

Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0   Port: 1

Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0   Port: 1

Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2     MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0   Port: 1

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear mac address-table notification	Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table static

Use the show mac address-table static user EXEC command to display only static MAC address table entries.

show mac address-table static [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

address mac-address	(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H (available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id	(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table static command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table static command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table static command:

Switch> show mac address-table static

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address     Type    Ports

----    -----------     ----    -----

 All    0100.0ccc.cccc  STATIC  CPU

 All    0180.c200.0000  STATIC  CPU

 All    0100.0ccc.cccd  STATIC  CPU

 All    0180.c200.0001  STATIC  CPU

 All    0180.c200.0004  STATIC  CPU

 All    0180.c200.0005  STATIC  CPU

   4    0001.0002.0004  STATIC  Drop

   6    0001.0002.0007  STATIC  Drop

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 8 

Related Commands

Command	Description
mac address-table static	Adds static addresses to the MAC address table.
mac address-table static drop	Enables unicast MAC address filtering and configures the switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination MAC address.
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table vlan	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table vlan

Use the show mac address-table vlan user EXEC command to display the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan-id	(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(19)EA1	The show mac-address-table vlan command (with the hyphen) was replaced by the show mac address-table vlan command (without the hyphen).

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table vlan 1 command:

Switch> show mac address-table vlan 1

          Mac Address Table

------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address     Type    Ports

----    -----------     ----    -----

   1    0100.0ccc.cccc  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0000  STATIC  CPU

   1    0100.0ccc.cccd  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0001  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0002  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0003  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0005  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0006  STATIC  CPU

   1    0180.c200.0007  STATIC  CPU

Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 9 

Related Commands

Command	Description
show mac address-table address	Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time	Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count	Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic	Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface	Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification	Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static	Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mls qos

Use the show mls qos user EXEC command to display global quality of service (QoS) configuration information.

show mls qos [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos command when QoS is enabled and DSCP transparency is enabled:

Switch> show mls qos

QoS is enabled

QoS ip packet dscp rewrite is enabled

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos	Enables QoS for the entire switch.

show mls qos aggregate-policer

Use the show mls qos aggregate-policer user EXEC command to display the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer configuration. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded.

show mls qos aggregate-policer [aggregate-policer-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

aggregate-policer-name	(Optional) Display the policer configuration for the specified name.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos aggregate-policer command:

Switch> show mls qos aggregate-policer policer1

aggregate-policer policer1 1000000 2000000 exceed-action drop

Not used by any policy map 

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos aggregate-policer	Defines policer parameters that can be shared by multiple classes within a policy map.

show mls qos input-queue

Use the show mls qos input-queue user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings for the ingress queues.

show mls qos input-queue [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos input-queue command:

Switch> show mls qos input-queue

Queue     :      1      2

----------------------------------------------

buffers   :      90     10

bandwidth :      4      4

priority  :      0      10

threshold1:      100    100

threshold2:      100    100

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth	Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers	Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map	Maps assigned class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue and assigns CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map	Maps assigned Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an ingress queue and assigns DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue	Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold	Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue.

show mls qos interface

Use the show mls qos interface user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) information at the port level.

show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing | statistics]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Display QoS information for the specified port. Valid interfaces include physical ports.
buffers	(Optional) Display the buffer allocation among the queues.
queueing	(Optional) Display the queueing strategy (shared or shaped) and the weights corresponding to the queues.
statistics	(Optional) Display statistics for sent and received Differentiated Services Code Points (DSCPs) and class of service (CoS) values, the number of packets enqueued or dropped per egress queue, and the number of in-profile and out-of-profile packets for each policer.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the policer keyword is not supported.

---

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id command when VLAN-based QoS is enabled:

Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

GigabitEthernet1/0/1

trust state:not trusted

trust mode:not trusted

trust enabled flag:ena

COS override:dis

default COS:0

DSCP Mutation Map:Default DSCP Mutation Map

Trust device:none

qos mode:vlan-based

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id command when VLAN-based QoS is disabled:

Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

trust state:not trusted

trust mode:not trusted

trust enabled flag:ena

COS override:dis

default COS:0

DSCP Mutation Map:Default DSCP Mutation Map

Trust device:none

qos mode:port-based

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id buffers command:

Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 buffers

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

The port is mapped to qset : 1

The allocations between the queues are : 25 25 25 25

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id queueing command. The egress expedite queue overrides the configured shaped round robin (SRR) weights.

Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 queueing

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Egress Priority Queue :enabled

Shaped queue weights (absolute) :  25 0 0 0

Shared queue weights  :  25 25 25 25

The port bandwidth limit : 100  (Operational Bandwidth:100.0)

The port is mapped to qset : 1

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id statistics command. Table 2-30 describes the fields in this display.

Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 statistics

GigabitEthernet1/0/2

  dscp: incoming

-------------------------------

  0 -  4 :      4213          0          0          0          0

  5 -  9 :         0          0          0          0          0

 10 - 14 :         0          0          0          0          0

 15 - 19 :         0          0          0          0          0

 20 - 24 :         0          0          0          0          0

 25 - 29 :         0          0          0          0          0

 30 - 34 :         0          0          0          0          0

 35 - 39 :         0          0          0          0          0

 40 - 44 :         0          0          0          0          0

 45 - 49 :         0          0          0          6          0

 50 - 54 :         0          0          0          0          0

 55 - 59 :         0          0          0          0          0

 60 - 64 :         0          0          0          0

  dscp: outgoing

-------------------------------

  0 -  4 :    363949          0          0          0          0

  5 -  9 :         0          0          0          0          0

 10 - 14 :         0          0          0          0          0

 15 - 19 :         0          0          0          0          0

 20 - 24 :         0          0          0          0          0

 25 - 29 :         0          0          0          0          0

 30 - 34 :         0          0          0          0          0

 35 - 39 :         0          0          0          0          0

 40 - 44 :         0          0          0          0          0

 45 - 49 :         0          0          0          0          0

 50 - 54 :         0          0          0          0          0

 55 - 59 :         0          0          0          0          0

 60 - 64 :         0          0          0          0

  cos: incoming

-------------------------------

  0 -  4 :    132067          0          0          0          0

  5 -  9 :         0          0          0

  cos: outgoing

-------------------------------

  0 -  4 :    739155          0          0          0          0

  5 -  9 :        90          0          0

Policer: Inprofile:        0 OutofProfile:        0

Table 2-30 show mls qos interface statistics Field Descriptions 

Field		Description
DSCP	incoming	Number of packets received for each DSCP value.
	outgoing	Number of packets sent for each DSCP value.
CoS	incoming	Number of packets received for each CoS value.
	outgoing	Number of packets sent for each CoS value.
Policer	Inprofile	Number of in profile packets for each policer.
	Outofprofile	Number of out-of-profile packets for each policer.

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers	Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold	Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth	Assigns SRR weights to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers	Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map	Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map	Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue	Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold	Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map	Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map	Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
policy-map	Creates or modifies a policy map.
priority-queue	Enables the egress expedite queue on a port.
queue-set	Maps a port to a queue-set.
srr-queue bandwidth limit	Limits the maximum output on a port.
srr-queue bandwidth shape	Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share	Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on the four egress queues mapped to a port.

show mls qos maps

Use the show mls qos maps user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) mapping information. During classification, QoS uses the mapping tables to represent the priority of the traffic and to derive a corresponding class of service (CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value from the received CoS, DSCP, or IP precedence value.

show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q | dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | dscp-output-q | ip-prec-dscp | policed-dscp] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

cos-dscp	(Optional) Display class of service (CoS)-to-DSCP map.
cos-input-q	(Optional) Display the CoS input queue threshold map.
cos-output-q	(Optional) Display the CoS output queue threshold map.
dscp-cos	(Optional) Display DSCP-to-CoS map.
dscp-input-q	(Optional) Display the DSCP input queue threshold map.
dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name	(Optional) Display the specified DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.
dscp-output-q	(Optional) Display the DSCP output queue threshold map.
ip-prec-dscp	(Optional) Display the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.
policed-dscp	(Optional) Display the policed-DSCP map.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

The policed-DSCP, DSCP-to-CoS, and the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps appear as a matrix. The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit in the DSCP. The d2 row specifies the least-significant digit in the DSCP. The intersection of the d1 and d2 values provides the policed-DSCP, the CoS, or the mutated-DSCP value. For example, in the DSCP-to-CoS map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to a CoS value of 5.

The DSCP input queue threshold and the DSCP output queue threshold maps appear as a matrix. The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit of the DSCP number. The d2 row specifies the least-significant digit in the DSCP number. The intersection of the d1 and the d2 values provides the queue ID and threshold ID. For example, in the DSCP input queue threshold map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (02-01).

The CoS input queue threshold and the CoS output queue threshold maps show the CoS value in the top row and the corresponding queue ID and threshold ID in the second row. For example, in the CoS input queue threshold map, a CoS value of 5 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (2-1).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos maps command:

Switch> show mls qos maps

Policed-dscp map:

     d1 :  d2 0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9

     ---------------------------------------

      0 :    00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

      1 :    10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

      2 :    20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

      3 :    30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

      4 :    40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

      5 :    50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

      6 :    60 61 62 63

Dscp-cos map:

     d1 :  d2 0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9

     ---------------------------------------

      0 :    00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01

      1 :    01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02

      2 :    02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03

      3 :    03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04

      4 :    05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06

      5 :    06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07

      6 :    07 07 07 07

Cos-dscp map:

     cos:   0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7

  --------------------------------

    dscp:   0  8 16 24 32 40 48 56

IpPrecedence-dscp map:

     ipprec:   0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7

     --------------------------------

       dscp:   0  8 16 24 32 40 48 56

Dscp-outputq-threshold map:

  d1 :d2    0     1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9

  --------------------------------------------------------------------

   0 :    02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01

   1 :    02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01

   2 :    03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01

   3 :    03-01 03-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01

   4 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 04-01 04-01

   5 :    04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01

   6 :    04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01

Dscp-inputq-threshold map:

    d1 :d2    0     1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9

    --------------------------------------------------------------------

     0 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

     1 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

     2 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

     3 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

     4 :    02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 01-01 01-01

     5 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

     6 :    01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01

Cos-outputq-threshold map:

              cos:  0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7

              ------------------------------------

  queue-threshold: 2-1 2-1 3-1 3-1 4-1 1-1 4-1 4-1

   Cos-inputq-threshold map:

              cos:  0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7

              ------------------------------------

  queue-threshold: 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 2-1 1-1 1-1

Dscp-dscp mutation map:

   Default DSCP Mutation Map:

     d1 :  d2 0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9

     ---------------------------------------

      0 :    00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

      1 :    10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

      2 :    20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

      3 :    30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

      4 :    40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

      5 :    50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

      6 :    60 61 62 63

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos map	Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map, DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the policed-DSCP map.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map	Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map	Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map	Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map	Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

show mls qos queue-set

Use the show mls qos queue-set user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings for the egress queues.

show mls qos queue-set [qset-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

qset-id	(Optional) ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.nway

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos queue-set command:

Switch> show mls qos queue-set

Queueset: 1

Queue   :        1       2       3       4

----------------------------------------------

buffers   :      25      25      25      25

threshold1:      100     200     100     100

threshold2:      100     200     100     100

reserved  :      50      50      50      50

maximum   :      400     400     400     400

Queueset: 2

Queue   :        1       2       3       4

----------------------------------------------

buffers   :      25      25      25      25

threshold1:      100     200     100     100

threshold2:      100     200     100     100

reserved  :      50      50      50      50

maximum   :      400     400     400     400

Related Commands

Command	Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers	Allocates buffers to the queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold	Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation of the queue-set.

show mls qos vlan

Use the show mls qos vlan user EXEC command to display the policy maps attached to a switch virtual interface (SVI).

show mls qos vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

vlan-id	Specify the VLAN ID of the SVI to display the policy maps. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.2(25)SE	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The output from the show mls qos vlan command is meaningful only when VLAN-based quality of service (QoS) is enabled and when hierarchical policy maps are configured.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos vlan command:

Switch> show mls qos vlan 10

Vlan10

Attached policy-map for Ingress:pm-test-pm-2

Related Commands

Command	Description
policy-map	Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports and enters policy-map configuration mode.

show monitor

Use the show monitor user EXEC command to display information about all Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions on the switch. Use the command with keywords to show a specific session, all sessions, all local sessions, or all remote sessions.

show monitor [session {session_number | all | local | range list | remote} [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

session	(Optional) Display information about specified SPAN sessions.
session_number	Specify the number of the SPAN or RSPAN session. The range is 1 to 66.
all	Display all SPAN sessions.
local	Display only local SPAN sessions.
range list	Display a range of SPAN sessions, where list is the range of valid sessions, either a single session or a range of sessions described by two numbers, the lower one first, separated by a hyphen. Do not enter any spaces between comma-separated parameters or in hyphen-specified ranges. Note This keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.
remote	Display only remote SPAN sessions.
detail	(Optional) Display detailed information about the specified sessions.
| begin	Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The range list and detail keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

The output is the same for the show monitor command and the show monitor session all command.

Examples

This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command:

Switch# show monitor

Session 1

---------

Type : Local Session

Source Ports :

RX Only : Fa4/0/1

Both : Fa4/0/2-3,Fa4/0/5-6

Destination Ports : Fa4/0/20

Encapsulation : Replicate

Ingress : Disabled

Session 2

---------

Type : Remote Source Session

Source VLANs :

TX Only : 10

Both : 1-9

Dest RSPAN VLAN : 105

This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command for local SPAN source session 1:

Switch# show monitor session 1

Session 1

---------

Type : Local Session

Source Ports :

RX Only : Fa4/0/1

Both : Fa4/0/2-3,Fa4/0/5-6

Destination Ports : Fa4/0/20

Encapsulation : Replicate

Ingress : Disabled

This is an example of output for the show monitor session all user EXEC command when ingress traffic forwarding is enabled:

Switch# show monitor session all

Session 1

---------

Type : Local Session

Source Ports :

Both : Fa4/0/2

Destination Ports : Fa4/0/3

Encapsulation : Native

Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 5

Ingress encap : DOT1Q

Session 2

---------

Type : Local Session

Source Ports :

Both : Fa4/0/8

Destination Ports : Fa4/012

Encapsulation : Replicate

Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 4

Ingress encap : Untagged

Related Commands

Command	Description
monitor session	Starts or modifies a SPAN or RSPAN session.

show mvr

Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the current Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) global parameter values, including whether or not MVR is enabled, the MVR multicast VLAN, the maximum query response time, the number of multicast groups, and the MVR mode (dynamic or compatible).

show mvr [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr command:

Switch# show mvr

MVR Running: TRUE

MVR multicast VLAN: 1

MVR Max Multicast Groups: 256

MVR Current multicast groups: 0

MVR Global query response time: 5 (tenths of sec)

MVR Mode: compatible

In the preceding display, the maximum number of multicast groups is fixed at 256. The MVR mode is either compatible (for interoperability with Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL switches) or dynamic (where operation is consistent with IGMP snooping operation and dynamic MVR membership on source ports is supported).

Related Commands

Command	Description
mvr (global configuration)	Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration)	Configures MVR ports.
show mvr interface	Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when the interface and members keywords are appended to the command.
show mvr members	Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group or, if there are no members, means the group is inactive.

show mvr interface

Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) receiver and source ports. Use the command with keywords to display MVR parameters for a specific receiver port.

show mvr interface [interface-id [members [vlan vlan-id]]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Display MVR type, status, and Immediate Leave setting for the interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number.
members	(Optional) Display all MVR groups to which the specified interface belongs.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display all MVR group members on this VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the entered port identification is a non-MVR port or a source port, the command returns an error message. For receiver ports, it displays the port type, per port status, and Immediate-Leave setting.

If you enter the members keyword, all MVR group members on the interface appear. If you enter a VLAN ID, all MVR group members in the VLAN appear.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command:

Switch# show mvr interface

Port        Type            Status          Immediate Leave

----        ----            -------         ---------------

Gi1/0/1   SOURCE          ACTIVE/UP       DISABLED

Gi1/0/2   RECEIVER        ACTIVE/DOWN     DISABLED

In the preceding display, Status is defined as follows:

•Active means the port is part of a VLAN.

•Up/Down means that the port is forwarding/nonforwarding.

•Inactive means that the port is not yet part of any VLAN.

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command for a specified port:

Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

Type: RECEIVER Status: ACTIVE Immediate Leave: DISABLED 

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface interface-id members command:

Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 members

239.255.0.0     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.1     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.2     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.3     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.4     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.5     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.6     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.7     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.8     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

239.255.0.9     DYNAMIC ACTIVE

Related Commands

Command	Description
mvr (global configuration)	Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration)	Configures MVR ports.
show mvr	Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr members	Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR multicast group.

show mvr members

Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display all receiver and source ports that are currently members of an IP multicast group.

show mvr members [ip-address] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

ip-address	(Optional) The IP multicast address. If the address is entered, all receiver and source ports that are members of the multicast group appear. If no address is entered, all members of all Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) groups are listed. If a group has no members, the group is listed as Inactive.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show mvr members command applies to receiver and source ports. For MVR-compatible mode, all source ports are members of all multicast groups.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr members command:

Switch# show mvr members

MVR Group IP    Status          Members

------------    ------          -------

239.255.0.1     ACTIVE          Gi1/0/1(d), Gi1/0/5(s)

239.255.0.2     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.3     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.4     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.5     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.6     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.7     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.8     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.9     INACTIVE        None

239.255.0.10    INACTIVE        None

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show mvr members ip-address command. It displays the members of the IP multicast group with that address:

Switch# show mvr members 239.255.0.2

239.255.003.--22     ACTIVE          Gi1/0/1(d), Gi1/0/2(d), Gi1/0/3(d), 

                                     Gi1/0/4(d), Gi1/0/5(s)

Related Commands

Command	Description
mvr (global configuration)	Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration)	Configures MVR ports.
show mvr	Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr interface	Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when the members keyword is appended to the command.

show pagp

Use the show pagp user EXEC command to display Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group information.

show pagp [channel-group-number] {counters | dual-active | internal | neighbor} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]]

Syntax Description

channel-group-number	(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters	Display traffic information.
dual-active	Display the dual-active status.
internal	Display internal information.
neighbor	Display neighbor information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE	The channel-group-number range was changed from 1 to 12 to 1 to 48.
12.2(46)SE	The dual-active keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

You can enter any show pagp command to display the active channel-group information. To display the nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a channel-group number.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output are appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 counters command:

Switch> show pagp 1 counters

             Information        Flush

Port         Sent   Recv     Sent   Recv

--------------------------------------

Channel group: 1

  Gi1/0/1    45     42       0      0 

  Gi1/0/2    45     41       0      0 

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 internal command:

Switch> show pagp 1 internal

Flags:  S - Device is sending Slow hello.  C - Device is in Consistent state.

        A - Device is in Auto mode.

Timers: H - Hello timer is running.        Q - Quit timer is running.

        S - Switching timer is running.    I - Interface timer is running.

Channel group 1

                                  Hello    Partner  PAgP     Learning  Group

Port        Flags State   Timers  Interval Count   Priority   Method  Ifindex

Gi1/0/1     SC    U6/S7   H       30s      1        128        Any      16

Gi1/0/2     SC    U6/S7   H       30s      1        128        Any      16

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 neighbor command:

Switch> show pagp 1 neighbor

Flags:  S - Device is sending Slow hello.  C - Device is in Consistent state.

        A - Device is in Auto mode.        P - Device learns on physical port.

Channel group 1 neighbors

            Partner              Partner          Partner           Partner Group

Port        Name                 Device ID        Port         Age  Flags   Cap.

Gi1/0/1     switch-p2            0002.4b29.4600   Gi01//1        9s SC      10001 

Gi1/0/2     switch-p2            0002.4b29.4600   Gi1/0/2       24s SC      10001 

This is an example of output from the show pagp dual-active command:

Switch> show pagp dual-active

PAgP dual-active detection enabled: Yes

PAgP dual-active version: 1.1

Channel group 1

          Dual-Active     Partner              Partner   Partner

Port      Detect Capable  Name                 Port      Version

Gi1/0/1   No              Switch               Gi3/0/3   N/A

Gi1/0/2   No              Switch               Gi3/0/4   N/A

<output truncated>

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear pagp	Clears PAgP channel-group information.

show parser macro

Use the show parser macro user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured macros or for one macro on the switch.

show parser macro [{brief | description [interface interface-id] | name macro-name}] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

brief	(Optional) Display the name of each macro.
description [interface interface-id]	(Optional) Display all macro descriptions or the description of a specific interface.
name macro-name	(Optional) Display information about a single macro identified by the macro name.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	The command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is a partial output example from the show parser macro command. The output for the Cisco-default macros varies depending on the switch platform and the software image running on the switch:

Switch# show parser macro

Total number of macros = 6

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : cisco-global

Macro type : default global

# Enable dynamic port error recovery for link state

# failures

errdisable recovery cause link-flap

errdisable recovery interval 60

<output truncated>

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : cisco-desktop

Macro type : default interface

# macro keywords $AVID

# Basic interface - Enable data VLAN only

# Recommended value for access vlan (AVID) should not be 1

switchport access vlan $AVID

switchport mode access

<output truncated>

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : cisco-phone

Macro type : default interface

# Cisco IP phone + desktop template

# macro keywords $AVID $VVID

# VoIP enabled interface - Enable data VLAN

# and voice VLAN (VVID)

# Recommended value for access vlan (AVID) should not be 1

switchport access vlan $AVID

switchport mode access

<output truncated>

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : cisco-switch

Macro type : default interface

# macro keywords $NVID

# Access Uplink to Distribution

# Do not apply to EtherChannel/Port Group

# Define unique Native VLAN on trunk ports

# Recommended value for native vlan (NVID) should not be 1

switchport trunk native vlan $NVID

<output truncated>

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : cisco-router

Macro type : default interface

# macro keywords $NVID

# Access Uplink to Distribution

# Define unique Native VLAN on trunk ports

# Recommended value for native vlan (NVID) should not be 1

switchport trunk native vlan $NVID

<output truncated>

--------------------------------------------------------------

Macro name : snmp

Macro type : customizable

#enable port security, linkup, and linkdown traps

snmp-server enable traps port-security

snmp-server enable traps linkup

snmp-server enable traps linkdown

#set snmp-server host

snmp-server host ADDRESS

#set SNMP trap notifications precedence

snmp-server ip precedence VALUE

--------------------------------------------------------------

This is an example of output from the show parser macro name command:

Switch# show parser macro name standard-switch10

Macro name : standard-switch10

Macro type : customizable

macro description standard-switch10

# Trust QoS settings on VOIP packets

auto qos voip trust

# Allow port channels to be automatically formed

channel-protocol pagp

This is an example of output from the show parser macro brief command:

Switch# show parser macro brief

    default global   : cisco-global

    default interface: cisco-desktop

    default interface: cisco-phone

    default interface: cisco-switch

    default interface: cisco-router

    customizable     : snmp

This is an example of output from the show parser description command:

Switch# show parser macro description 

Global Macro(s): cisco-global

Interface    Macro Description(s)

--------------------------------------------------------------

Gi1/0/1        standard-switch10

Gi1/0/2       this is test macro

--------------------------------------------------------------

This is an example of output from the show parser description interface command:

Switch# show parser macro description interface gigabitethernet1/0/2

Interface    Macro Description

--------------------------------------------------------------

Gi1/0/2      this is test macro

--------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command	Description
macro apply	Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an interface.
macro description	Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global	Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro global description	Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name	Creates a macro.
show running-config	Displays the current operating configuration, including defined macros. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.

show policy-map

Use the show policy-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) policy maps, which define classification criteria for incoming traffic. Policy maps can include policers that specify the bandwidth limitations and the action to take if the limits are exceeded.

show policy-map [policy-map-name [class class-map-name]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

policy-map-name	(Optional) Display the specified policy-map name.
class class-map-name	(Optional) Display QoS policy actions for a individual class.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the control-plane and interface keywords are not supported, and the statistics shown in the display should be ignored.

---

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show policy-map command:

Switch> show policy-map

Policy Map videowizard_policy2

  class  videowizard_10-10-10-10

   set dscp 34

   police 100000000 2000000 exceed-action drop

 Policy Map mypolicy

  class  dscp5

   set dscp 6

Related Commands

Command	Description
policy-map	Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.

show port-security

Use the show port-security privileged EXEC command to display port-security settings for an interface or for the switch.

show port-security [interface interface-id] [address | vlan] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface interface-id	(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
address	(Optional) Display all secure MAC addresses on all ports or a specified port.
vlan	(Optional) Display port security settings for all VLANs on the specified interface. This keyword is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport mode set to trunk.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The vlan keyword was added (visible only on trunk ports).

Usage Guidelines

If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational status of all secure ports on the switch.

If you enter an interface-id, the command displays port security settings for the interface.

If you enter the address keyword, the command displays the secure MAC addresses for all interfaces and the aging information for each secure address.

If you enter an interface-id and the address keyword, the command displays all the MAC addresses for the interface with aging information for each secure address. You can also use this command to display all the MAC addresses for an interface even if you have not enabled port security on it.

If you enter the vlan keyword, the command displays the configured maximum and the current number of secure MAC addresses for all VLANs on the interface. This option is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport mode set to trunk.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of the output from the show port-security command:

Switch# show port-security

Secure Port      MaxSecureAddr  CurrentAddr  SecurityViolation  Security Action

                    (Count)        (Count)      (Count)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Gi1/0/1         1             0             0            Shutdown

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)     : 1

Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

Port Security : Enabled

Port status : SecureUp

Violation mode : Shutdown

Maximum MAC Addresses : 1

Total MAC Addresses : 0

Configured MAC Addresses : 0

Aging time : 0 mins

Aging type : Absolute

SecureStatic address aging : Disabled

Security Violation count : 0

This is an example of output from the show port-security address command:

Switch# show port-security address

Secure Mac Address Table

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address       Type                Ports   Remaining Age

                                                         (mins)

----    -----------       ----                -----   -------------

   1    0006.0700.0800    SecureConfigured    Gi1/0/2     1

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)     : 1

Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 address command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 address

          Secure Mac Address Table

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Vlan    Mac Address       Type                Ports   Remaining Age

                                                         (mins)

----    -----------       ----                -----   -------------

   1    0006.0700.0800    SecureConfigured    Gi1/0/2     1

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Addresses: 1

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id vlan command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 vlan 

Default maximum:not set, using 5120

VLAN  Maximum    Current   

    5    default          1

   10    default         54

   11    default        101

   12    default        101

   13    default        201

   14    default        501

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear port-security	Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.
switchport port-security	Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC addresses.

show power inline

Use the show power inline user EXEC command to display the Power over Ethernet (PoE) status for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show power inline [[interface-id | consumption ] | module switch-number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Display PoE-related power management information for the specified interface.
consumption	(Optional) Display the power allocated to devices connected to PoE ports.
module switch-number	(Optional) Limit the display to ports on the specified stack member. The switch number is 1 to 9.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(19)EA1	This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEC	The consumption keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show power inline command. In the display, port 2 is configured as static; power has been pre-allocated to this port, but no powered device is connected. Port 6 is a static port in the power-deny state because its maximum wattage is configured for 10 W. The connected powered device has a reported class maximum wattage for a Class 0 or Class 3 device. Table 2-31 describes the output fields.

Switch> show power inline

Module   Available     Used     Remaining

          (Watts)     (Watts)    (Watts) 

------   ---------   --------   ---------

1            370.0      114.9       255.1

2            370.0       34.3       335.

Interface Admin  Oper       Power   Device              Class Max

                            (Watts)                            

--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----

Fa1/0/1   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/2   static off        15.4    n/a                 n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/3   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/4   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7960       2     15.4

Fa1/0/5   static on         15.4    IP Phone 7960       2     15.4

Fa1/0/6   static power-deny 10.0    n/a                 n/a   10.0

Fa1/0/7   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show power inline command on a port:

Switch> show power inline fastethernet2/0/1 

Interface Admin  Oper       Power   Device              Class Max

                            (Watts)

--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----

Fa2/0/1   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

This is an example of output from the show power inline consumption command on all PoE switch ports:

Switch> show power inline consumption 

Default PD consumption : 15400 mW

This is an example of output from the show power inline module switch-number command on stack member 1:

Switch> show power inline module 1

Module   Available     Used     Remaining

          (Watts)     (Watts)    (Watts)

------   ---------   --------   ---------

1           370.0      166.2       203.9

Interface Admin  Oper       Power   Device              Class Max

                            (Watts)

--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----

Fa1/0/1   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/2   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/3   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/4   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/5   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

Fa1/0/6   auto   on         6.3     IP Phone 7910       n/a   15.4

<output truncated>

Table 2-31 show power inline interface Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Admin	Administration mode: auto, off, static
Oper	Operating mode: •on—the powered device is detected, and power is applied. •off—no PoE is applied. •faulty—device detection or a powered device is in a faulty state. •power-deny—a powered device is detected, but no PoE is available, or the maximum wattage exceeds the detected powered-device maximum.
Power	The supplied PoE in watts
Device	The device type detected: n/a, unknown, Cisco powered-device, IEEE powered-device, <name from CDP>
Class	The IEEE classification: n/a, Class <0-4>
Available	The total amount of PoE in the system
Used	The amount of PoE allocated to ports
Remaining	The amount of PoE not allocated to ports in the system. (Available - Used = Remaining)

Related Commands

Command	Description
logging event power-inline-status	Enables the logging of PoE events.
power inline	Configures the power management mode for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.
show controllers power inline	Displays the values in the registers of the specified PoE controller.

show sdm prefer

Use the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command to display information about the Switch Database Management (SDM) templates that can be used to maximize used for allocating system resources for a particular feature, or use the command without a keyword to display the template in use.

show sdm prefer [access | default | dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | routing | vlan} | routing | vlan [desktop]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

access	(Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for ACLs.
default	(Optional) Display the template that balances system resources among features.
dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | routing | vlan)	(Optional) Display the dual templates that support both IPv4 and IPv6. •default—Display the default dual template configuration. •routing—Display the routing dual template configuration. •vlan—Display the VLAN dual template configuration.
routing	(Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for routing.
vlan	(Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for Layer 2 VLANs.
desktop	(Optional) For Catalyst 3750-12S aggregator switches only, display the desktop templates. For this switch, when you do not enter the desktop keyword, the aggregator templates appear.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The desktop keyword was added.
12.2(25)SE	The dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 {default | vlan) keywords were added.
12.2(25)SED	The access keyword was added.
12.2(25)SEE	The routing keyword was added for the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template.

Usage Guidelines

When you change the SDM template by using the sdm prefer global configuration command, you must reload the switch for the configuration to take effect. If you enter the show sdm prefer command before you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows the template currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload.

The numbers displayed for each template represent an approximate maximum number for each feature resource. The actual number might vary, depending on the actual number of other features configured.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command, displaying the template in use:

Switch# show sdm prefer

The current template is "desktop default" template.

 The selected template optimizes the resources in

 the switch to support this level of features for

 8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.

  number of unicast mac addresses:             6K

  number of igmp groups + multicast routes:    1K

  number of unicast routes:                    8K

    number of directly connected hosts:        6K

    number of indirect routes:                 2K

  number of policy based routing aces:         0

  number of qos aces:                          512

  number of security aces:                     1K

This is a sample output from the show sdm prefer routing command entered on an aggregator switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer routing

"aggregate routing" template:

 The selected template optimizes the resources in

 the switch to support this level of features for

 8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.

  number of unicast mac addresses:             6K

  number of igmp groups + multicast routes:    1K

  number of unicast routes:                    20K

    number of directly connected hosts:        6K

    number of indirect routes:                 14K

  number of policy based routing aces:         512

  number of qos aces:                          512

  number of security aces:                     1K

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer routing command entered on a desktop switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer routing

"desktop routing" template:

 The selected template optimizes the resources in

 the switch to support this level of features for

 8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.

  number of unicast mac addresses:             3K

  number of igmp groups + multicast routes:    1K

  number of unicast routes:                    11K

    number of directly connected hosts:        3K

    number of indirect routes:                 8K

  number of policy based routing aces:         512

  number of qos aces:                          512

  number of security aces:                     1K

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default command entered on a desktop switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default

 "desktop IPv4 and IPv6 default" template:

 The selected template optimizes the resources in

 the switch to support this level of features for

 8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.

  number of unicast mac addresses:                  2K

  number of IPv4 IGMP groups + multicast routes:    1K

  number of IPv4 unicast routes:                    3K

    number of directly-connected IPv4 hosts:        2K

    number of indirect IPv4 routes:                 1K

  number of IPv6 multicast groups:                  1K

  number of directly-connected IPv6 addresses:      2K

  number of indirect IPv6 unicast routes:           1K

  number of IPv4 policy based routing aces:         0

  number of IPv4/MAC qos aces:                      512

  number of IPv4/MAC security aces:                 1K

  number of IPv6 policy based routing aces:         0

  number of IPv6 qos aces:                          510

  number of IPv6 security aces:                     510

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command when you have configured a new template but have not reloaded the switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer 

 The current template is "desktop routing" template. 

 The selected template optimizes the resources in 

 the switch to support this level of features for 

 8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs. 

  number of unicast mac addresses:            3K 

  number of igmp groups + multicast routes:   1K 

  number of unicast routes:                   11K 

    number of directly connected hosts:       3K 

    number of indirect routes:                8K 

  number of qos aces:                         512 

  number of security aces:                    1K 

 On next reload, template will be "desktop vlan" template.

Related Commands

Command	Description
sdm prefer	Sets the SDM template to maximize resources for routing or VLANs or to the default template, to select a dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, or to select the desktop or aggregator templates.

show setup express

Use the show setup express privileged EXEC command to display if Express Setup mode is active on the switch.

show setup express [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Defaults

No default is defined.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(14)EA1	This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show setup express command:

Switch# show setup express

express setup mode is active

Related Commands

Command	Description
setup express	Enables Express Setup mode.

show spanning-tree

Use the show spanning-tree user EXEC command to display spanning-tree state information.

show spanning-tree [bridge-group | active [detail] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | mst | pathcost method | root | summary [totals] | uplinkfast | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree bridge-group [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} bridge [address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} root [address | cost | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [system-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree interface interface-id [active [detail] | cost | detail [active] | inconsistency | portfast | priority | rootcost | state] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

show spanning-tree mst [configuration [digest]] | [instance-id [detail | interface interface-id [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

bridge-group	(Optional) Specify the bridge group number. The range is 1 to 255.
active [detail]	(Optional) Display spanning-tree information only on active interfaces (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
backbonefast	(Optional) Display spanning-tree BackboneFast status.
blockedports	(Optional) Display blocked port information (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
bridge [address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol]	(Optional) Display status and configuration of this switch (optional keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).
detail [active]	(Optional) Display a detailed summary of interface information (active keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode).
inconsistentports	(Optional) Display inconsistent port information (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
interface interface-id [active [detail] | cost | detail [active] | inconsistency | portfast | priority | rootcost | state]	(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface (all options except portfast and state available only in privileged EXEC mode). Enter each interface separated by a space. Ranges are not supported. Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
mst [configuration [digest]] [instance-id [detail | interface interface-id [detail]]	(Optional) Display the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region configuration and status (available only in privileged EXEC mode). The keywords have these meanings: •digest—(Optional) Display the MD5 digest included in the current MST configuration identifier (MSTCI). Two separate digests, one for standard and one for prestandard switches, appear (available only in privileged EXEC mode). The terminology was updated for the implementation of the IEEE standard, and the txholdcount field was added. The new master role appears for boundary ports. The word pre-standard or Pre-STD appears when an IEEE standard bridge sends prestandard BPDUs on a port. The word pre-standard (config) or Pre-STD-Cf appears when a port has been configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs and no prestandard BPDU has been received on that port. The word pre-standard (rcvd) or Pre-STD-Rx appears when a prestandard BPDU has been received on a port that has not been configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs. A dispute flag appears when a designated port receives inferior designated information until the port returns to the forwarding state or ceases to be designated. •instance-id—You can specify a single instance ID, a range of IDs separated by a hyphen, or a series of IDs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094. The display shows the number of currently configured instances. •interface interface-id—(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 48. •detail—(Optional) Display detailed information for the instance or interface.
pathcost method	(Optional) Display the default path cost method (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
root [address | cost | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [system-id]]	(Optional) Display root switch status and configuration (all keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).
summary [totals]	(Optional) Display a summary of port states or the total lines of the spanning-tree state section. The words IEEE Standard identify the MST version running on a switch.
uplinkfast	(Optional) Display spanning-tree UplinkFast status.
vlan vlan-id [active [detail] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge [address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol]	(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified VLAN (some keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode). You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The mst keyword and options were added.
12.2(25)SEC	The digest keyword was added, and new digest and transmit hold count fields appear.

Usage Guidelines

If the vlan-id variable is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance for all VLANs.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree active command:

Switch# show spanning-tree active

VLAN0001

  Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee

  Root ID    Priority    32768

             Address     0001.42e2.cdd0

             Cost        3038

             Port        24 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1)

             Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    49153  (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)

             Address     0003.fd63.9580

             Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

             Aging Time 300

  Uplinkfast enabled

Interface        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------

Gi2/0/1          Root FWD 3019      128.24   P2p

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree detail command:

Switch# show spanning-tree detail

VLAN0001 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol

  Bridge Identifier has priority 49152, sysid 1, address 0003.fd63.9580

  Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15

  Current root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0

  Root port is 1 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1), cost of root path is 3038

  Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set

  Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 1d16h ago

  Times:  hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2

          hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15

  Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300

  Uplinkfast enabled

 Port 1 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1) of VLAN0001 is forwarding

   Port path cost 3019, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.24.

   Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0

   Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00d0.bbf5.c680

   Designated port id is 128.25, designated path cost 19

   Timers: message age 2, forward delay 0, hold 0

   Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1

   Link type is point-to-point by default

   BPDU: sent 0, received 72364

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree interface interface-id command:

Switch# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet2/0/1

Vlan             Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------

VLAN0001         Root FWD 3019      128.24   P2p

Switch# show spanning-tree summary

Switch is in pvst mode

Root bridge for: none

EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled

Extended system ID   is enabled

Portfast             is disabled by default

PortFast BPDU Guard  is disabled by default

Portfast BPDU Filter is disabled by default

Loopguard            is disabled by default

UplinkFast           is enabled

BackboneFast         is enabled

Pathcost method used is short

Name                   Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active

---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------

VLAN0001                  1        0         0        11         12

VLAN0002                  3        0         0        1          4

VLAN0004                  3        0         0        1          4

VLAN0006                  3        0         0        1          4

VLAN0031                  3        0         0        1          4

VLAN0032                  3        0         0        1          4

<output truncated>

---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------

37 vlans                  109      0         0        47         156

Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec.

UplinkFast statistics

-----------------------

Number of transitions via uplinkFast (all VLANs)            : 0

Number of proxy multicast addresses transmitted (all VLANs) : 0

BackboneFast statistics

-----------------------

Number of transition via backboneFast (all VLANs)           : 0

Number of inferior BPDUs received (all VLANs)               : 0

Number of RLQ request PDUs received (all VLANs)             : 0

Number of RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs)            : 0

Number of RLQ request PDUs sent (all VLANs)                 : 0

Number of RLQ response PDUs sent (all VLANs)                : 0

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration

Name      [region1]

Revision  1

Instance  Vlans Mapped

--------  ------------------

0         1-9,21-4094

1         10-20

----------------------------

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet2/0/1

GigabitEthernet2/0/1 of MST00 is root forwarding

Edge port: no             (default)        port guard : none        (default)

Link type: point-to-point (auto)           bpdu filter: disable     (default)

Boundary : boundary       (STP)            bpdu guard : disable     (default)

Bpdus sent 5, received 74

Instance role state cost      prio vlans mapped

0        root FWD   200000    128  1,12,14-4094

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst 0 command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0

###### MST00        vlans mapped: 1-9,21-4094

Bridge      address 0002.4b29.7a00  priority  32768 (32768 sysid 0)

Root        address 0001.4297.e000  priority  32768 (32768 sysid 0)

            port    Gi1/0/1         path cost 200038

IST master *this switch

Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20

Configured  hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20

Interface              role state cost      prio type

--------------------   ---- ----- --------- ---- --------------------------------

GigabitEthernet2/0/1   root FWD   200000    128  P2P bound(STP)

GigabitEthernet2/0/2   desg FWD   200000    128  P2P bound(STP)

Port-channel1          desg FWD   200000    128  P2P bound(STP)

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear spanning-tree counters	Clears the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols	Restarts the protocol migration process.
spanning-tree backbonefast	Enables the BackboneFast feature.
spanning-tree bpdufilter	Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard	Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it receives a BPDU.
spanning-tree cost	Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree extend system-id	Enables the extended system ID feature.
spanning-tree guard	Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the VLANs associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree link-type	Overrides the default link-type setting for rapid spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state.
spanning-tree loopguard default	Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming the designated port because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst configuration	Enters multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode through which the MST region configuration occurs.
spanning-tree mst cost	Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst forward-time	Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time	Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age	Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops	Sets the number of hops in an MST region before the BPDU is discarded and the information held for an interface is aged.
spanning-tree mst port-priority	Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority	Configures the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mst root	Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority	Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)	Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)	Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated VLANs.
spanning-tree uplinkfast	Accelerates the choice of a new root port when a link or switch fails or when the spanning tree reconfigures itself.
spanning-tree vlan	Configures spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis.

show storm-control

Use the show storm-control user EXEC command to display broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control settings on the switch or on the specified interface or to display storm-control history.

show storm-control [interface-id] [broadcast | multicast | unicast] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) Interface ID for the physical port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
broadcast	(Optional) Display broadcast storm threshold setting.
multicast	(Optional) Display multicast storm threshold setting.
unicast	(Optional) Display unicast storm threshold setting.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you enter an interface-id, the storm control thresholds appear for the specified interface.

If you do not enter an interface-id, settings appear for one traffic type for all ports on the switch.

If you do not enter a traffic type, settings appear for broadcast storm control.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of a partial output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are entered. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.

Switch> show storm-control

Interface    Filter State   Upper       Lower      Current

---------    -------------  ----------  ---------  ---------

Gi1/0/1      Forwarding     20 pps      10 pps     5 pps

Gi1/0/2      Forwarding     50.00%      40.00%     0.00%

<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.

Switch> show storm-control gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface    Filter State   Upper       Lower      Current

---------    -------------  ----------  ---------  ---------

Gi1/0/1      Forwarding     20 pps      10 pps     5 pps

Table 2-32 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.

Table 2-32 show storm-control Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Interface	Displays the ID of the interface.
Filter State	Displays the status of the filter: •Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred. •Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred. •Inactive—Storm control is disabled.
Upper	Displays the rising suppression level as a percentage of total available bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Lower	Displays the falling suppression level as a percentage of total available bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Current	Displays the bandwidth usage of broadcast traffic or the specified traffic type (broadcast, multicast, or unicast) as a percentage of total available bandwidth. This field is only valid when storm control is enabled.

Related Commands

Command	Description
storm-control	Sets the broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control levels for the switch.

show switch

Use the show switch user EXEC command to display information related to the stack member or the switch stack.

show switch [stack-member-number | detail | neighbors | stack-ports | stack-ring activity [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

stack-member-number	(Optional) Display information for the specified stack member. The range is 1 to 9.
detail	(Optional) Display detailed information about the stack ring.
neighbors	(Optional) Display the neighbors for the entire switch stack.
stack-ports	(Optional) Display port information for the entire switch stack.
stack-ring activity [detail]	(Optional) Display the number of frames per stack member that are sent to the stack ring. Use the detail keyword to display the ASIC, the receive queues, and the number of frames per stack member that are sent to the stack ring.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The display was expanded to include Switch Database Management (SDM) mismatch.
12.2(20)SE	The display was expanded to include provisioning information. The stack-ring activity [detail] keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

These are the states displayed from this command:

•Waiting—The state when a switch is booting up and waiting for communication from other switches in the stack. The switch has not yet determined whether it is a stack master or not.

Stack members not participating in a stack master election remain in the waiting state until the stack master is elected and ready.

•Initializing—The state when a switch has determined whether it is the stack master or not. If the switch is not the stack master, it is receiving its system- and interface-level configuration from the stack master and loading it.

•Ready—The state when the stack member has completed loading the system- and interface-level configuration and is ready to forward traffic.

•Master Re-Init—The state immediately after a stack master re-election and a different stack member is elected stack master. The new stack master is re-initializing its configuration. This state applies only to the new stack master.

•Ver Mismatch—The state of a switch in version mismatch (VM) mode. VM mode is when a switch joining the switch stack has a different stack protocol minor version number than the stack master.

•SDM Mismatch—The state of a switch in Switch Database Management (SDM) mismatch mode. SDM mismatch is when a stack member does not support the SDM template running on the stack master.

•Provisioned—The state of a preconfigured switch before it becomes an active member of a switch stack, or the state of a stack member after it has left the switch stack. The MAC address and the priority number in the display are always 0 for the provisioned switch.

A typical state transition for a stack member (including a stack master) booting up is Waiting -> Initializing -> Ready.

A typical state transition for a stack member becoming a stack master after a stack master election is Ready -> Master Re-Init -> Ready.

A typical state transition for a stack member in version mismatch (VM) mode is Waiting -> Ver Mismatch.

You can use the show switch command to identify whether the provisioned switch exists in the switch stack. The show running-config and the show startup-config privileged EXEC commands do not provide this information.

Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(35)SE, the display also includes stack MAC persistency wait time if persistent MAC address is enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to display summary information about a switch stack:

Switch> show switch

                                               Current

Switch#  Role      Mac Address     Priority     State

--------------------------------------------------------

 6       Member    0003.e31a.1e00     1         Ready

*8       Master    0003.e31a.1200     1         Ready

 2       Member    0000.000.0000      0         Provisioned

This example shows detailed information about a switch stack:

Switch> show switch detail

                                               Current

Switch#  Role      Mac Address     Priority     State

--------------------------------------------------------

2       Member     0000.000.0000      0         Provisioned

6       Member     0003.e31a.1e00     1         Ready

*8      Master    0003.e31a.1200     1         Ready

         Stack Port Status             Neighbors

Switch#  Port A     Port B           Port A   Port B

--------------------------------------------------------

  6       Down        Ok              None       8

  8        Ok        Down               6      None

This example shows how to display summary information about stack member 6:

Switch> show switch 6

                                               Current

Switch#  Role      Mac Address     Priority     State

--------------------------------------------------------

 6       Member     0003.e31a.1e00     1         Ready

This example shows how to display neighbor information for a switch stack:

Switch> show switch neighbors

  Switch #    Port A       Port B

  --------    ------       ------

      6        None           8

      8         6            None

This example shows how to display stack-port information for a switch stack:

Switch> show switch stack-ports

  Switch #    Port A       Port B

  --------    ------       ------

    6          Down          Ok

    8           Ok          Down

This example shows how to display detailed stack-ring activity information for a switch stack:

Switch> show switch stack-ring activity detail

Switch   Asic  Rx Queue-1  Rx Queue-2  Rx Queue-3  Rx Queue-4       Total

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

1           0     2021864     1228937      281510           0     3532311

1           1          52           0       72678           0       72730

                                              ---------------------------

                                              Switch 1 Total:     3605041

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

2           0     2020901       90833      101680           0     2213414

2           1          52           0           0           0          52

                                              ---------------------------

                                              Switch 2 Total:     2213466

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total frames sent to stack ring : 5818507

Note: these counts do not include frames sent to the ring

by certain output features, such as output SPAN and output

ACLs.

Related Commands

Command	Description
reload	Reloads the stack member and puts a configuration change into effect.
remote command	Monitors all or specified stack members.
session	Accesses a specific stack member.
switch priority	Changes the stack member priority value.
switch provision	Provisions a new switch before it joins the switch stack.
switch renumber	Changes the stack member number.

show system mtu

Use the show system mtu privileged EXEC command to display the global maximum transmission unit (MTU) or maximum packet size set for the switch.

show system mtu [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you have used the system mtu or system mtu jumbo global configuration command to change the MTU setting, the new setting does not take effect until you reset the switch.

The system MTU refers to ports operating at 10/100 Mb/s; the system jumbo MTU refers to Gigabit ports; the system routing MTU refers to routed ports.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show system mtu command:

Switch# show system mtu

System MTU size is 1500 bytes

System Jumbo MTU size is 1550 bytes

Routing MTU size is 1500 bytes.

Related Commands

Command	Description
system mtu	Sets the MTU size for the Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, or routed ports.

show udld

Use the show udld user EXEC command to display UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) administrative and operational status for all ports or the specified port.

show udld [interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

interface-id	(Optional) ID of the interface and port number. Valid interfaces include physical ports and VLANs. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter an interface-id, administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces appear.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show udld interface-id command. For this display, UDLD is enabled on both ends of the link, and UDLD detects that the link is bidirectional. Table 2-33 describes the fields in this display.

Switch> show udld gigabitethernet2/0/1

Interface gi2/0/1

---

Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default

Port enable operational state: Enabled

Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional

Current operational state: Advertisement - Single Neighbor detected

Message interval: 60

Time out interval: 5

    Entry 1

    Expiration time: 146

    Device ID: 1

    Current neighbor state: Bidirectional

    Device name: Switch-A 

    Port ID: Gi2/0/1

    Neighbor echo 1 device: Switch-B

    Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi2/0/2 

    Message interval: 5

    CDP Device name: Switch-A

Table 2-33 show udld Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Interface	The interface on the local device configured for UDLD.
Port enable administrative configuration setting	How UDLD is configured on the port. If UDLD is enabled or disabled, the port enable configuration setting is the same as the operational enable state. Otherwise, the enable operational setting depends on the global enable setting.
Port enable operational state	Operational state that shows whether UDLD is actually running on this port.
Current bidirectional state	The bidirectional state of the link. An unknown state appears if the link is down or if it is connected to an UDLD-incapable device. A bidirectional state appears if the link is a normal two-way connection to a UDLD-capable device. All other values mean miswiring.
Current operational state	The current phase of the UDLD state machine. For a normal bidirectional link, the state machine is most often in the Advertisement phase.
Message interval	How often advertisement messages are sent from the local device. Measured in seconds.
Time out interval	The time period, in seconds, that UDLD waits for echoes from a neighbor device during the detection window.
Entry 1	Information from the first cache entry, which contains a copy of echo information received from the neighbor.
Expiration time	The amount of time in seconds remaining before this cache entry is aged out.
Device ID	The neighbor device identification.
Current neighbor state	The neighbor's current state. If both the local and neighbor devices are running UDLD normally, the neighbor state and local state should be bidirectional. If the link is down or the neighbor is not UDLD-capable, no cache entries appear.
Device name	The device name or the system serial number of the neighbor. The system serial number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).
Port ID	The neighbor port ID enabled for UDLD.
Neighbor echo 1 device	The device name of the neighbors' neighbor from which the echo originated.
Neighbor echo 1 port	The port number ID of the neighbor from which the echo originated.
Message interval	The rate, in seconds, at which the neighbor is sending advertisement messages.
CDP device name	The CDP device name or the system serial number. The system serial number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).

Related Commands

Command	Description
udld	Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable message timer time.
udld port	Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration command.
udld reset	Resets all interfaces shutdown by UDLD and permits traffic to begin passing through them again.

show version

Use the show version user EXEC command to display version information for the hardware and firmware.

show version [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show version command:

---

Note Though visible in the show version output, the configuration register information is not supported on the switch.

---

Switch> show version

Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software

IOS (tm) C3750 Software (C3750-IPSERVICES-M), Version 12.2(25)SEB, RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc1)

Copyright (c) 1986-2005 by cisco Systems, Inc.

Compiled Tues 15-Feb-05 21:09 by antonino

Image text-base: 0x00003000, data-base: 0x008E36A4

ROM: Bootstrap program is C3750 boot loader

BOOTLDR: C3750 Boot Loader (C3750-HBOOT-M) Version 12.2(25)SEB, 

Switch uptime is 2 days, 11 hours, 16 minutes

System returned to ROM by power-on

System image file is "flash:i5.709"

cisco WS-C3750-48TS (PowerPC405) processor with 120822K/10240K bytes of memory.

Last reset from power-on

Bridging software.

Target IOS Version 12.2(25)SEB

1 Virtual Ethernet/IEEE 802.3  interface(s)

48 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)

32 Gigabit Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)

The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.

512K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.

Base ethernet MAC Address       : 00:09:43:A7:F2:00

Motherboard assembly number     : 73-7056-05

Motherboard serial number       : CSJ0638004U

Motherboard revision number     : 05

Model number                    : 73-7056-05

Switch   Ports  Model              SW Version              SW Image

------   -----  -----              ----------              ----------

     1   28     WS-C3750G-24TS     12.2(25)SEB             C3750-IPSERVICES-M

*    8   52     WS-C3750-48TS      12.2(25)SEB             C3750-IPSERVICES-M

Switch 01

---------

Switch Uptime                   : 2 days, 11 hours, 17 minutes

Base ethernet MAC Address       : 00:0B:46:2E:35:80

Motherboard assembly number     : 73-7058-04

Power supply part number        : 341-0045-01

Motherboard serial number       : CSJ0640010L

Model number                    : WS-C3750-24TS-SMI

System serial number            : CSJ0642U00A

Configuration register is 0xF

<output truncated>

show vlan

Use the show vlan user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the VLAN ID or name is specified) on the switch.

show vlan [brief | dot1q tag native | id vlan-id | internal usage | mtu | name vlan-name | private-vlan [type] | remote-span | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

brief	(Optional) Display one line for each VLAN with the VLAN name, status, and its ports.
dot1q tag native	(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1Q native VLAN tagging status.
id vlan-id	(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094.
internal usage	(Optional) Display a list of VLANs being used internally by the switch. These VLANs are always from the extended range (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), and you cannot create VLANs with these IDS by using the vlan global configuration command until you remove them from internal use.
mtu	(Optional) Display a list of VLANs and the minimum and maximum transmission unit (MTU) sizes configured on ports in the VLAN.
name vlan-name	(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN name. The VLAN name is an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters.
private-vlan	(Optional) Display information about configured private VLANs, including primary and secondary VLAN IDs, type (community, isolated, or primary) and ports belonging to the private VLAN. This keyword is only supported if your switch is running the IP services image, formerly known as the enhanced multilayer image (EMI).
type	(Optional) Display only private VLAN ID and type.
remote-span	(Optional) Display information about Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs.
summary	(Optional) Display VLAN summary information.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

---

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the ifindex keyword is not supported.

---

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.2(20)SE	The mtu and private-vlan keywords were added.
12.2(25)SE	The dot1q tag native keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

In the show vlan mtu command output, the MTU_Mismatch column shows whether all the ports in the VLAN have the same MTU. When yes appears in this column, it means that the VLAN has ports with different MTUs, and packets that are switched from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller MTU might be dropped. If the VLAN does not have an SVI, the hyphen (-) symbol appears in the SVI_MTU column. If the MTU-Mismatch column displays yes, the names of the port with the MinMTU and the port with the MaxMTU appear.

If you try to associate a private VLAN secondary VLAN with a primary VLAN before you define the secondary VLAN, the secondary VLAN is not included in the show vlan private-vlan command output.

In the show vlan private-vlan type command output, a type displayed as normal means a VLAN that has a private VLAN association but is not part of the private VLAN. For example, if you define and associate two VLANs as primary and secondary VLANs and then delete the secondary VLAN configuration without removing the association from the primary VLAN, the VLAN that was the secondary VLAN is shown as normal in the display. In the show vlan private-vlan output, the primary and secondary VLAN pair is shown as non-operational.

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vlan command. Table 2-34 describes the fields in the display.

Switch> show vlan

VLAN Name                             Status    Ports

---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------

1    default                          active    Fa1/0/1, Fa1/0/2, Fa1/0/3

                                                Fa1/0/4, Fa1/0/5, Fa1/0/6

                                                Fa1/0/7, Fa1/0/8, Fa1/0/9

                                                Fa1/0/10, Fa1/0/11, Fa1/0/12

                                                Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/14, Fa1/0/15

                                                Fa1/0/16, Fa1/0/17, Fa1/0/18

                                                Fa1/0/19, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/21

                                                Fa1/0/24, Gi1/0/1, Gi1/0/2

<output truncated>

2    VLAN0002                         active

3    VLAN0003                         active

<output truncated>

1000 VLAN1000                         active

1002 fddi-default                     active

1003 token-ring-default               active

1004 fddinet-default                  active

1005 trnet-default                    active

VLAN Type  SAID       MTU   Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp  BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2

---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------

1    enet  100001     1500  -      -      -        -    -        1002   1003

2    enet  100002     1500  -      -      -        -    -        0      0

3    enet  100003     1500  -      -      -        -    -        0      0

<output truncated>

1005 trnet 101005     1500  -      -      -        ibm  -        0      0

Remote SPAN VLANs

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Primary Secondary Type              Ports

------ --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------

Primary Secondary Type Ports

------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------

20      25     isolated  Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/22, Gi1/0/1, Fa2/0/13, Fa2/0/22, 
                         Fa3/0/13, Fa3/0/14. Fa3/0/20, Gi3/0/1 

20      30     community Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa11/0/21, Gi1/0/1, Fa2/0/13, Fa2/0/20, 
                         Fa3/0/14, Fa3/0/20,Fa3/0/21, Gi3/0/1 

20      35     community Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/23, Fa1/0/33, Gi1/0/1, Fa2/0/13, 
                         Fa3/0/14, Fa3/0/20, Fa3/0/23, Fa3/0/33, Gi3/0/1

<output truncated>

Table 2-34 show vlan Command Output Fields 

Field	Description
VLAN	VLAN number.
Name	Name, if configured, of the VLAN.
Status	Status of the VLAN (active or suspend).
Ports	Ports that belong to the VLAN.
Type	Media type of the VLAN.
SAID	Security association ID value for the VLAN.
MTU	Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN.
Parent	Parent VLAN, if one exists.
RingNo	Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable.
BrdgNo	Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable.
Stp	Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN.
BrdgMode	Bridging mode for this VLAN—possible values are source-route bridging (SRB) and source-route transparent (SRT); the default is SRB.
Trans1	Translation bridge 1.
Trans2	Translation bridge 2.
Remote SPAN VLANs	Identifies any RSPAN VLANs that have been configured.
Primary/Secondary/ Type/Ports	Includes any private VLANs that have been configured, including the primary VLAN ID, the secondary VLAN ID, the type of secondary VLAN (community or isolated), and the ports that belong to it.

This is an example of output from the show vlan dot1q tag native command:

Switch> show vlan dot1q tag native

dot1q native vlan tagging is disabled

This is an example of output from the show vlan private-vlan command:

Switch> show vlan private-vlan 

Primary Secondary Type              Ports

------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------

10      501       isolated          Gi3/0/3

10      502       community         Fa2/0/11

10      503       non-operational3      -         

20       25       isolated          Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/22, Gi1/0/1, Fa2/0/13, 
                                    Fa2/0/22, Fa3/0/13, Fa3/0/14, Fa3/0/20, Gi3/0/1

20       30       community         Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/21, Gi1/0/1, Fa2/0/13, 
                                    Fa2/0/20, Fa3/0/14, Fa3/0/20, Fa3/0/21, Gi3/0/1

20       35       community         Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/23, Fa1/0/33. Gi1/0/1, 
                                    Fa2/0/13, Fa3/0/14, Fa3/0/20. Fa3/0/23, Fa3/0/33, 
                                    Gi3/0/1

20       55       non-operational

2000   2500       isolated          Fa1/0/5, Fa1/0/10, Fa2/0/5, Fa2/0/10, Fa2/0/15

This is an example of output from the show vlan private-vlan type command:

Switch> show vlan private-vlan type

Vlan Type

---- -----------------

10   primary

501  isolated

502  community

503  normal

This is an example of output from the show vlan summary command:

Switch> show vlan summary

Number of existing VLANs           : 45

 Number of existing VTP VLANs      : 45

 Number of existing extended VLANs : 0

This is an example of output from the show vlan id command.

Switch# show vlan id 2

VLAN Name                             Status    Ports

---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------

2    VLAN0200                         active    Fa1/0/7, Fa1/0/8

2    VLAN0200									 active    Fa1/3, Fa2/5, Fa2/6

VLAN Type  SAID       MTU   Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp  BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2

---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------

2    enet  100002     1500  -      -      -        -    -        0      0

Remote SPAN VLAN

----------------

Disabled

This is an example of output from the show vlan internal usage command. It shows that VLANs 1025 and 1026 are being used as internal VLANs for Fast Ethernet routed ports 23 and 24 on stack member 1. If you want to use one of these VLAN IDs, you must first shut down the routed port, which releases the internal VLAN, and then create the extended-range VLAN. When you start up the routed port, another internal VLAN number is assigned to it.

Switch> show vlan internal usage

VLAN Usage

---- -------------

1025 FastEthernet1/0/23

1026 FastEthernet1/0/24

Related Commands

Command	Description
private-vlan	Configures a VLAN as a community, isolated, or primary VLAN or associates a primary VLAN with secondary VLANs.
switchport mode	Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
vlan (global configuration)	Enables VLAN configuration mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.
vlan (VLAN configuration)	Configures VLAN characteristics in the VLAN database. Only available for normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005). Do not enter leading zeros.

show vlan access-map

Use the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command to display information about a particular VLAN access map or for all VLAN access maps.

show vlan access-map [mapname] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

mapname	(Optional) Name of a specific VLAN access map.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vlan access-map command:

Switch# show vlan access-map

Vlan access-map "SecWiz"  10

  Match clauses:

    ip  address: SecWiz_Gi0_3_in_ip

    ip  address: SecWiz_Fa10_3_in_ip

  Action:

    forward

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vlan filter	Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN or VLAN access map.
vlan access-map	Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter	Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.

show vlan filter

Use the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command to display information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN or VLAN access map.

show vlan filter [access-map name | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

access-map name	(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN access map.
vlan vlan-id	(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vlan filter command:

Switch# show vlan filter 

VLAN Map map_1 is filtering VLANs:

  20-22

Related Commands

Command	Description
show vlan access-map	Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or for all VLAN access maps.
vlan access-map	Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter	Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.

show vmps

Use the show vmps user EXEC command without keywords to display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses, and the current and primary servers, or use the statistics keyword to display client-side statistics.

show vmps [statistics] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

statistics	(Optional) Display VQP client-side statistics and counters.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vmps command:

Switch> show vmps

VQP Client Status:

--------------------

VMPS VQP Version:   1

Reconfirm Interval: 60 min

Server Retry Count: 3

VMPS domain server:

Reconfirmation status

---------------------

VMPS Action:         other

This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command. Table 2-35 describes each field in the display.

Switch> show vmps statistics

VMPS Client Statistics

----------------------

VQP  Queries:               0

VQP  Responses:             0

VMPS Changes:               0

VQP  Shutdowns:             0

VQP  Denied:                0

VQP  Wrong Domain:          0

VQP  Wrong Version:         0

VQP  Insufficient Resource: 0 

Table 2-35 show vmps statistics Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
VQP Queries	Number of queries sent by the client to the VMPS.
VQP Responses	Number of responses sent to the client from the VMPS.
VMPS Changes	Number of times that the VMPS changed from one server to another.
VQP Shutdowns	Number of times the VMPS sent a response to shut down the port. The client disables the port and removes all dynamic addresses on this port from the address table. You must administratively re-enable the port to restore connectivity.
VQP Denied	Number of times the VMPS denied the client request for security reasons. When the VMPS response denies an address, no frame is forwarded to or from the workstation with that address (broadcast or multicast frames are delivered to the workstation if the port has been assigned to a VLAN). The client keeps the denied address in the address table as a blocked address to prevent more queries from being sent to the VMPS for each new packet received from this workstation. The client ages the address if no new packets are received from this workstation on this port within the aging time period.
VQP Wrong Domain	Number of times the management domain in the request does not match the one for the VMPS. Any previous VLAN assignments of the port are not changed. This response means that the server and the client have not been configured with the same VTP management domain.
VQP Wrong Version	Number of times the version field in the query packet contains a value that is higher than the version supported by the VMPS. The VLAN assignment of the port is not changed. The switches send only VMPS Version 1 requests.
VQP Insufficient Resource	Number of times the VMPS is unable to answer the request because of a resource availability problem. If the retry limit has not yet been reached, the client repeats the request with the same server or with the next alternate server, depending on whether the per-server retry count has been reached.

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear vmps statistics	Clears the statistics maintained by the VQP client.
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)	Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the VMPS.
vmps retry	Configures the per-server retry count for the VQP client.
vmps server	Configures the primary VMPS and up to three secondary servers.

show vtp

Use the show vtp user EXEC command to display general information about the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) management domain, status, and counters.

show vtp {counters | password | status} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]

Syntax Description

counters	Display the VTP statistics for the switch.
password	Display the configured VTP password.
status	Display general information about the VTP management domain status.
| begin	(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude	(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include	(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression	Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

Command Modes

User EXEC

Command History

Release	Modification
12.1(11)AX	This command was introduced.
12.1(14)EA1	The password keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vtp counters command. Table 2-36 describes each field in the display.

Switch> show vtp counters

VTP statistics:

Summary advertisements received    : 0

Subset advertisements received     : 0

Request advertisements received    : 0

Summary advertisements transmitted : 0

Subset advertisements transmitted  : 0

Request advertisements transmitted : 0

Number of config revision errors   : 0

Number of config digest errors     : 0

Number of V1 summary errors        : 0

VTP pruning statistics:

Trunk            Join Transmitted Join Received    Summary advts received from

                                                   non-pruning-capable device

---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------------------

Fa1/0/47            0                0                0

Fa1/0/48            0                0                0

Gi2/0/1            0                0                0

Gi3/0/2            0                0                0

Table 2-36 show vtp counters Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
Summary advertisements received	Number of summary advertisements received by this switch on its trunk ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name, the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to follow.
Subset advertisements received	Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its trunk ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more VLANs.
Request advertisements received	Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on its trunk ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Summary advertisements transmitted	Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name, the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to follow.
Subset advertisements transmitted	Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more VLANs.
Request advertisements transmitted	Number of advertisement requests sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Number of configuration revision errors	Number of revision errors. Whenever you define a new VLAN, delete an existing one, suspend or resume an existing VLAN, or modify the parameters on an existing VLAN, the configuration revision number of the switch increments. Revision errors increment whenever the switch receives an advertisement whose revision number matches the revision number of the switch, but the MD5 digest values do not match. This error means that the VTP password in the two switches is different or that the switches have different configurations. These errors means that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements, which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the network.
Number of configuration digest errors	Number of MD5 digest errors. Digest errors increment whenever the MD5 digest in the summary packet and the MD5 digest of the received advertisement calculated by the switch do not match. This error usually means that the VTP password in the two switches is different. To solve this problem, make sure the VTP password on all switches is the same. These errors mean that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements, which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the network.
Number of V1 summary errors	Number of Version 1 errors. Version 1 summary errors increment whenever a switch in VTP V2 mode receives a VTP Version 1 frame. These errors mean that at least one neighboring switch is either running VTP Version 1 or VTP Version 2 with V2-mode disabled. To solve this problem, change the configuration of the switches in VTP V2-mode to disabled.
Join Transmitted	Number of VTP pruning messages sent on the trunk.
Join Received	Number of VTP pruning messages received on the trunk.
Summary Advts Received from non-pruning-capable device	Number of VTP summary messages received on the trunk from devices that do not support pruning.

This is an example of output from the show vtp status command. Table 2-37 describes each field in the display.

Switch> show vtp status

VTP Version                     : 2

Configuration Revision          : 0

Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005

Number of existing VLANs        : 45

VTP Operating Mode              : Transparent

VTP Domain Name                 : shared_testbed1

VTP Pruning Mode                : Disabled

VTP V2 Mode                     : Disabled

VTP Traps Generation            : Enabled

MD5 digest                      : 0x3A 0x29 0x86 0x39 0xB4 0x5D 0x58 0xD7

Table 2-37 show vtp status Field Descriptions 

Field	Description
VTP Version	Displays the VTP version operating on the switch. By default, the switch implements Version 1 but can be set to Version 2.
Configuration Revision	Current configuration revision number on this switch.
Maximum VLANs Supported Locally	Maximum number of VLANs supported locally.
Number of Existing VLANs	Number of existing VLANs.
VTP Operating Mode	Displays the VTP operating mode, which can be server, client, or transparent. Server: a switch in VTP server mode is enabled for VTP and sends advertisements. You can configure VLANs on it. The switch guarantees that it can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP database from NVRAM after reboot. By default, every switch is a VTP server. Note The switch automatically changes from VTP server mode to VTP client mode if it detects a failure while writing the configuration to NVRAM and cannot return to server mode until the NVRAM is functioning. Client: a switch in VTP client mode is enabled for VTP, can send advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile storage to store VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on it. When a VTP client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements until it receives advertisements to initialize its VLAN database. Transparent: a switch in VTP transparent mode is disabled for VTP, does not send or learn from advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot affect VLAN configurations on other devices in the network. The switch receives VTP advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except the one on which the advertisement was received.
VTP Domain Name	Name that identifies the administrative domain for the switch.
VTP Pruning Mode	Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled. Enabling pruning on a VTP server enables pruning for the entire management domain. Pruning restricts flooded traffic to those trunk links that the traffic must use to access the appropriate network devices.
VTP V2 Mode	Displays if VTP Version 2 mode is enabled. All VTP Version 2 switches operate in Version 1 mode by default. Each VTP switch automatically detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. A network of VTP devices should be configured to Version 2 only if all VTP switches in the network can operate in Version 2 mode.
VTP Traps Generation	Displays whether VTP traps are sent to a network management station.
MD5 Digest	A 16-byte checksum of the VTP configuration.
Configuration Last Modified	Displays the date and time of the last configuration modification. Displays the IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change to the database.

Related Commands

Command	Description
clear vtp counters	Clears the VTP and pruning counters.
vtp (global configuration)	Configures the VTP filename, interface name, domain name, and mode.
vtp (VLAN configuration)	Configures the VTP domain name, password, pruning, and mode.